WO2016125908A1 - Ink set, and image formation method - Google Patents

Ink set, and image formation method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016125908A1
WO2016125908A1 PCT/JP2016/053595 JP2016053595W WO2016125908A1 WO 2016125908 A1 WO2016125908 A1 WO 2016125908A1 JP 2016053595 W JP2016053595 W JP 2016053595W WO 2016125908 A1 WO2016125908 A1 WO 2016125908A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ink
pigment
orange
magenta
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/053595
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
克典 五井
征史 池田
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to JP2016573444A priority Critical patent/JP6627782B2/en
Publication of WO2016125908A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016125908A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/322Pigment inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/40Ink-sets specially adapted for multi-colour inkjet printing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an ink set and an image forming method.
  • the ink jet recording method is used in various printing fields because it can form an image easily and inexpensively.
  • an ink containing a photopolymerizable compound that cures when irradiated with actinic rays (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “actinic ray curable ink”) is known.
  • actinic ray curable ink has been attracting attention because it can form an image having high adhesion even on a recording medium having low water absorption.
  • the actinic ray curable ink can contain a pigment as a coloring material.
  • the color gamut of the formed image can be expanded by ejecting ink so that a plurality of pigments exhibiting different colors land on the recording medium.
  • Patent Document 1 describes Pantone Red 032 (“Panthone” is a registered trademark of the company) published in various color sample books provided by Pantone Corporation using ink containing a red pigment and an orange pigment. It is described that it can exhibit a close color.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Violet hereinafter also simply referred to as “Pigment Violet” 19 and C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Red”) 202 was formed more than conventional red ink by ink containing a magenta pigment containing a solid solution with 202 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “magenta ink”). It is known that the color gamut of an image can be expanded. Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 are both pigments having a quinacridone skeleton.
  • a suitable combination of inks is selected from yellow ink, magenta ink, cyan ink, and black ink according to the color to be formed, and the selected ink is overprinted.
  • An image can be formed.
  • an image may be formed by further combining orange ink.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses an orange ink containing a gelling agent that can be used in combination with other colors to widen the color gamut of an image to be formed in the orange range.
  • Patent Document 2 when an ink having a color tone close to that of an orange printed in a Pantone color sample book is formed by preparing an ink so that an image having a desired reflectance (gloss) is obtained.
  • gloss a desired reflectance
  • Patent Document 2 discloses C.I. as an orange pigment.
  • An orange ink containing Pigment Orange (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Orange”) 36 is described.
  • the storage stability of the ink can be increased by increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound and the pigment.
  • a technique for increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound and the pigment by surface-treating the pigment with alumina is known.
  • Alumina can be applied to the surface of the pigment particles by, for example, the methods described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4.
  • the actinic ray curable ink when the actinic ray curable ink contains a pigment, the ink further contains a dispersant, thereby increasing the dispersibility of the pigment and increasing the storage stability of the ink.
  • Patent Document 5 describes that actinic ray curable ink has a high dispersion stability because it contains a larger amount of dispersant and dispersion synergist than the pigment in weight ratio.
  • an acidic adsorption functional group such as sulfonic acid
  • the actinic ray curable ink containing the gelling agent and the pigment may change the degree of crystallization of the gelling agent depending on the surface treatment state of the pigment.
  • the crystallization of the gelling agent is inhibited by the interaction between the pigment surface and the gelling agent, and the ink Pinning property tends to deteriorate. If the pinning property of the ink is lowered, the ink tends to wet and spread, so that the glossiness of the image surface is increased more than originally intended, and there is a possibility that a difference in glossiness from the ink having other pigments occurs.
  • the gelling agent that has not been crystallized may be deposited on the surface of the ink over time after being cured to cause blooming. According to the knowledge of the present inventors, particularly when a magenta pigment containing a solid solution surface-treated with sulfonic acid is used, these problems of gloss difference are likely to occur.
  • an image formed with Orange Orange containing Pigment Orange 36 or other orange pigments may not have a color tone close to orange as described in Pantone's color sample book, or with other color inks.
  • the glossiness may be different from the formed image. For this reason, there is still a need for an ink that can form an image having a color tone close to orange described in the Pantone color sample book and having a gloss closer to that of an image formed by an ink of another color.
  • the present invention is capable of producing an image having a color region that is difficult to form with only four colors of YMCK, such as Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 described in the Pantone color sample book. It is an object of the present invention to provide an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink that can form and expand the color gamut of the red to orange region in the L * a * b * color space. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink set including a magenta ink and an orange ink so that the magenta ink and the orange ink can form an image having a gloss close to that of an image formed by the other color ink. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink having sufficient pinning property and storage stability and to provide an image forming method using such an ink set.
  • the present invention relates to the following ink set.
  • An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein the plurality of types of inks are magenta ink and
  • the pigment contained in the magenta ink containing orange ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I.
  • the ink set is characterized by being 5% by mass or less.
  • the C.I. in the magenta pigment. I. Pigment Violet 19 and the C.I. I. The ink set according to [1], wherein the mass ratio to Pigment Red 202 is 60/40 or more and 70/30 or less.
  • the pigment to be contained includes an orange pigment having a cyclic structure and a basic site in the cyclic structure, and the photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink has a total mass of the photopolymerizable compound.
  • Each of the inks contains 30% by mass or more of a photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups. Kicking the content of the gelling agent is equal to or less than 1.5 mass% to 3.0 mass%, the ink set.
  • the photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in total has 2 or more segments having 3 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in the molecule.
  • [6] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [5], further including yellow ink, cyan ink, and black ink.
  • An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein the plurality of types of inks are magenta ink and
  • the pigment contained in the magenta ink containing orange ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I.
  • a magenta pigment containing a solid solution with Pigment Red 202 wherein the amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less, and the orange ink is 2 with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink.
  • the pigment further contains a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment in an amount of from 0.0% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and the pigment contained in the orange ink has a cyclic structure and has a basic site in the cyclic structure.
  • the photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink contains 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in an amount of 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound.
  • the content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1.0% by mass or more. And characterized in that 5.0 wt% or less, the ink set.
  • the orange ink is C.I. I. Pigment Orange 36, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 64 and C.I. I.
  • the present invention also relates to the following image forming method.
  • a pigment containing a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 which has been surface-treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, and a magenta ink containing a gelling agent, having good storage stability and pinning properties And an image forming method using such an ink set are provided.
  • the ink set according to the present invention is an ink set containing a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and cured by irradiation with actinic rays.
  • the seed ink is an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink.
  • the ink set means a combination of two or more inks that are configured to be installed in an ink jet recording apparatus to form an image.
  • ink sets include an ink cartridge in which a plurality of inks are individually stored in a plurality of ink cartridges, or an ink cartridge in which a plurality of ink storage portions are integrally formed and different inks are stored in the respective ink storage portions. Is included.
  • Magenta ink contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and is an ink that is cured by irradiation with actinic rays. Only one type of magenta ink may be included in the ink set, or two or more types of magenta inks having different compositions may be included in the ink set.
  • Pigment The pigment contained in the magenta ink may be any pigment that allows the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium to exhibit a magenta color. From the viewpoint of enhancing the storage stability of the ink by increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound or dispersant and the pigment, the pigment is a magenta pigment containing a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202.
  • magenta pigment-A the magenta ink containing magenta pigment-A is also referred to as “magenta ink-A”, and others
  • magenta ink-B This magenta ink is also referred to as “magenta ink-B.”
  • Magenta ink simply means magenta ink that includes both.
  • the amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment-A is preferably 1500 ppm to 7500 ppm by mass.
  • the magenta pigment contained in the magenta ink is preferably magenta pigment-A.
  • the color gamut when expanded by another ink such as an orange ink as described below, it is contained in the magenta ink.
  • the pigment need not be magenta pigment-A. Further, the pigment contained in the magenta ink may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the magenta pigment-A can broaden the color gamut of an image formed by landing and curing the magenta ink contained in the ink set of the present invention on a recording medium as compared with a normal magenta pigment. Therefore, for example, by forming an image using only the magenta pigment, it becomes possible to produce a color closer to the magenta color described in Japan color 2011, which is a color sample, and ink containing magenta ink-A and orange ink. By forming an image as a set, it becomes possible to produce a color closer to Pantone Red 032.
  • the content of the pigment may be in a range that can sufficiently develop the magenta color in the obtained image and that the viscosity of the ink can be ejected from the inkjet head.
  • the content is preferably from 20% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably from 0.4% by mass to 10% by mass from the above viewpoint.
  • magenta pigments containing the solid solution include CINQUASIA Magenta L4540, CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J and CINQUASIA Red K4330, manufactured by BASF (“CINQUASIA” is a registered trademark of the company), 228-2120m, Sic E7B, manufactured by Clariant, is included.
  • the mass ratio of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 in the pigment Is preferably (Pigment Violet 19 mass) / (Pigment Red 202 mass) of 60/40 or more and 70/30 or less.
  • magenta pigment containing the solid solution satisfying the mass ratio examples include CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 60/40) and 228-2120, manufactured by Sun Chemical Co. (Pigment 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 70/30).
  • the surface treatment of the magenta pigment can be performed by a known method.
  • the surface treatment with alumina can be performed, for example, by the method described in Patent Document 2 or Patent Document 3, or the method of adjusting the pH of the suspension by suspending alumina in a dispersion in which a pigment is dispersed.
  • the amount of alumina applied can be adjusted to a desired amount by changing the amount of alumina added in each method.
  • the surface treatment with sulfonic acid can be performed, for example, by a method in which a sulfonating agent is added to a slurry-like pigment dispersion and both are reacted at a high temperature.
  • the application amount of the sulfonic acid can be adjusted to a desired amount by adjusting the amount of the sulfonating agent to be added.
  • the amount of alumina in the magenta pigment-A is 1500 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
  • the applied amount of alumina is 1500 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
  • the amount of alumina applied is preferably 5000 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
  • the amount of the sulfonic acid in the magenta pigment-A may be in a range where the storage stability of the ink is sufficient, and can be, for example, 1000 ppm or more and 1500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
  • the amount of alumina and sulfonic acid in the pigment can be calculated from the amount of Al element and the amount of S element in the pigment obtained by measuring with an inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometer (ICP-AES), for example.
  • ICP-AES inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometer
  • the value calculated from the amount of Al element and the amount of S element in the ink may be used as the amount of alumina and sulfonic acid in the pigment.
  • Gelling agent A gelling agent can temporarily fix (pinning) ink droplets landed on a recording medium in a gel state.
  • wetting and spreading of the ink is suppressed and adjacent dots are less likely to be the same, so that a higher definition image can be formed.
  • the ink is in a gel state, the entry of oxygen in the environment into the ink droplets is suppressed and it becomes difficult for the ink to inhibit curing, so that a high-definition image can be formed at a higher speed.
  • Only one kind of gelling agent may be contained in the ink constituting the ink set of the present invention, or two or more kinds may be contained.
  • the content of the gelling agent is 1% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink.
  • the content of the gelling agent is 1% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink.
  • the content of the gelling agent By setting the content of the gelling agent to 5% by mass or less, it becomes difficult for the gelling agent to deposit on the surface of the formed image, and the gloss of the image can be made closer to the gloss of the image by other ink, and Ink ejection from the inkjet head can be further enhanced.
  • the content of the gelling agent in the magenta ink is more preferably 1.5% by mass or more and 3% by mass or less.
  • the gelling agent is preferably crystallized in the ink at a temperature equal to or lower than the gelation temperature of the ink.
  • the gelation temperature refers to a temperature at which the viscosity of the ink changes suddenly when the ink sol- lated or liquefied by heating is cooled and the gelling agent undergoes phase transition from sol to gel. Specifically, the sol or liquefied ink is cooled while measuring the viscosity with a viscoelasticity measuring device (for example, MCR300, manufactured by Physica), and the temperature at which the viscosity rapidly increases is measured.
  • the gelation temperature can be set.
  • a structure in which the photopolymerizable compound is included in the three-dimensional space formed by the gelling agent that has been crystallized in a plate shape may be formed (such a structure).
  • card house structure since the liquid photopolymerizable compound is held in the space, the ink droplets are less likely to spread and the pinning property of the ink is further increased. When the pinning property of the ink is increased, the ink droplets that have landed on the recording medium are less likely to coalesce, and a higher definition image can be formed.
  • the photopolymerizable compound dissolved in the ink and the gelling agent are compatible.
  • the photopolymerizable compound dissolved in the ink and the gelling agent are phase-separated, it may be difficult to form a card house structure.
  • gelling agents suitable for forming a card house structure by crystallization include Ketone waxes including dilignoceryl ketone, dibehenyl ketone, distearyl ketone, dieicosyl ketone, dipalmityl ketone, dilauryl ketone, dimyristyl ketone, myristyl palmityl ketone and palmityl stearyl ketone; Behenyl behenate, icosyl icosanoate, stearyl stearate, palmityl stearate, cetyl palmitate, myristyl myristate, cetyl myristate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, oleyl palmitate, glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, propylene glycol Ester waxes including fatty acid esters, ethylene glycol fatty acid esters and polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters; Petroleum-
  • Examples of commercially available fatty acid amides include the Nikka Amide series, manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd. (“Nikka Amide” is a registered trademark of the company), ITOWAX series, manufactured by Ito Oil Co., Ltd., and FATTYAMID series, manufactured by Kao Corporation.
  • fatty acid ester compounds examples include the EMALLEX series, the Japan Emulsion Riquemar series and the Poem series, and Riken Vitamin Co., Ltd. ("Riquemar” and "Poem” are registered trademarks of the same company).
  • esters of sucrose fatty acid examples include the Ryoto Sugar Ester series, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Foods (“Ryoto” is a registered trademark of the company).
  • UNILIN is a registered trademark of the company.
  • dimer diols examples include the PRIPOR series, manufactured by CRODA (“PRIPOR” is a registered trademark of the company).
  • ketone waxes Of these gelling agents, ketone waxes, ester waxes, higher fatty acids, higher alcohols and fatty acid amides are preferable from the viewpoint of further improving pinning properties.
  • ketones represented by the following general formula (G1) A wax and an ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) are more preferable.
  • the ketone wax represented by the following general formula (G1) and the ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) may contain only one kind or two or more kinds in magenta ink. Also good.
  • the ketone wax represented by the following general formula (G1) and the ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) may contain only one or both of them in the magenta ink. It may be.
  • R1-CO-R2 are each a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • one of R1 and R2 includes a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms, and preferably both include a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms.
  • both R1 and R2 are linear hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably both have a carbon number. It is a linear hydrocarbon group having 8 or more and 22 or less.
  • R3 and R4 are each a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • any one of R3 and R4 includes a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms, and preferably both include a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms.
  • both R3 and R4 are linear hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably both have a carbon number. It is a linear hydrocarbon group having 8 or more and 22 or less.
  • the ketone wax represented by the above general formula (G1) containing a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms or the ester wax represented by the above general formula (G2) increases the crystallinity of the gelling agent, and Sufficient space is generated in the card house structure. For this reason, the photopolymerizable compound can be easily contained in the space, and the pinning property of the ink becomes higher. Further, when the carbon number of the linear or branched hydrocarbon group is 24 or less, since the melting point of the gelling agent does not increase excessively, it is not necessary to excessively heat the ink when ejecting the ink. .
  • Examples of the ketone wax represented by the general formula (G1) include dilignoseryl ketone (carbon number: 23-24), dibehenyl ketone (carbon number: 21-22), distearyl ketone (carbon number: 17 -18), dieicosyl ketone (carbon number: 19-20), dipalmityl ketone (carbon number: 15-16), dimyristyl ketone (carbon number: 13-14), dilauryl ketone (carbon number: 11) -12), lauryl myristyl ketone (carbon number: 11-14), lauryl palmityl ketone (11-16), myristyl palmityl ketone (13-16), myristyl stearyl ketone (13-18), myristyl behenyl ketone (13 -22), palmityl stearyl ketone (15-18), valmityl behenyl ketone (15-22) and stearyl behenyl keto (17-22) are included.
  • Examples of commercially available ketone waxes represented by the general formula (G1) include 18-Pentatria cationon, Alfa Aeser, Hentriacontan-16-on, Alfa Aeser, Kao wax T1, and Kao.
  • Examples of the fatty acid or ester wax represented by the general formula (G2) include behenyl behenate (carbon number: 21-22), icosyl icosanoate (carbon number: 19-20), stearyl stearate (carbon number: 17 -18), palmitic acid stearate (carbon number: 17-16), lauryl stearate (carbon number: 17-12), cetyl palmitate (carbon number: 15-16), stearyl palmitate (carbon number: 15-18) ), Myristyl myristate (carbon number: 13-14), cetyl myristate (carbon number: 13-16), octyldodecyl myristate (carbon number: 13-20), stearyl oleate (carbon number: 17-18) Stearyl erucate (carbon number: 21-18), stearyl linoleate (carbon number: 17-18), behenyl oleate (carbon) : 18-22) and linoleic acid arachidyl (carbon number:
  • ester waxes represented by the general formula (G2) include UNISTAR M-2222SL and SPALM ACETI, manufactured by NOF Corporation (“Unistar” is a registered trademark of the company), EXCEPARL SS and EXCEPARL MY-M, Kao Corporation (“EXPEARL” is a registered trademark of the company), EMALEX CC-18 and EMALEX CC-10, manufactured by Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd. (“EMALEX” is a registered trademark of the company), Amreps PC, and High Alcohol Industry Co., Ltd. The company's registered trademark). Since these commercially available products are often a mixture of two or more types, they may be separated and purified as necessary and contained in the ink.
  • Photopolymerizable Compound The photopolymerizable compound is crosslinked or polymerized by irradiation with actinic rays to cure the ink.
  • actinic rays include ultraviolet rays, electron beams, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays and X rays.
  • the actinic rays are preferably ultraviolet rays or electron beams. Only one kind of photopolymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound may be in a range where the effects of the present invention can be obtained, and can be, for example, 1% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink. From the above viewpoint, the content of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 30% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink.
  • the photopolymerizable compound includes a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
  • the photopolymerizable compound is preferably a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint that it is easy to cause polymerization and crosslinking and can be selected from various compounds according to the image to be formed.
  • the radical polymerizable compound is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization.
  • the radical polymerizable compound may be any of a monomer, a polymerizable oligomer, a prepolymer, or a mixture thereof. Only one kind of radically polymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization include an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a salt thereof, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid urethane compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid amide compound and an anhydride thereof, Examples include acrylonitrile, styrene, unsaturated polyester, unsaturated polyether, unsaturated polyamide, and unsaturated urethane.
  • Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid and the like.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is preferably an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester compound, and more preferably (meth) acrylate.
  • (meth) acrylate means acrylate or methacrylate
  • (meth) acryloyl group means acryloyl group or methacryloyl group
  • (meth) acryl means acrylic. Or methacryl.
  • Examples of the monomer (meth) acrylate include monofunctional (meth) acrylate, bifunctional (meth) acrylate, and trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of monofunctional (meth) acrylates include isoamyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, isomustyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl-diglycol (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meta ) Acrylate, methoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxye (Meth) acrylate, t
  • bifunctional (meth) acrylates include triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, Dimethylol-tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate, PO adduct di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate hydroxypivalate, polytetramethylene glycol di ( Data) acrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate and tripropylene glycol diacrylate,
  • tri- or higher functional (meth) acrylates examples include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane Tetra (meth) acrylate, glycerin propoxytri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol ethoxytetra (meth) acrylate are included.
  • Examples of (meth) acrylates that are polymerizable oligomers or prepolymers include epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomers, aliphatic urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers, aromatic urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomers and straighteners. Chain (meth) acryl oligomers and the like are included.
  • the photopolymerizable compound preferably contains ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate.
  • Ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate has higher photosensitivity. Further, the ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate is easily included in the card house structure when the ink is gelled at a low temperature, and more easily compatible with other ink components even at a high temperature. Furthermore, since ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate has little curing shrinkage, curling of printed matter during image formation is less likely to occur.
  • ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylates include CD561, SR454, SR499 and SR494, manufactured by Sartomer, and NK Ester A-400, NK Ester A-600, NK Ester 9G, NK Ester 14G, NK Ester DOD -N, NK ester A-DCP and NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. are included.
  • Examples of the cationic polymerizable compound include an epoxy compound, a vinyl ether compound, and an oxetane compound. Only one kind of the cationic polymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • epoxy compounds include aromatic epoxides, alicyclic epoxides and aliphatic epoxides. Aromatic epoxides and alicyclic epoxides are preferred from the viewpoint of further improving curability.
  • aromatic epoxides include di- or polyglycidyl ethers obtained by reacting polyphenols or their alkylene oxide adducts with epichlorohydrin.
  • polyhydric phenol or its alkylene oxide adduct include bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct.
  • alkylene oxide in the alkylene oxide adduct include ethylene oxide and propylene oxide.
  • Examples of the alicyclic epoxide include a cycloalkane oxide-containing compound obtained by epoxidizing a cycloalkane-containing compound with an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid.
  • Examples of the cycloalkane include cyclohexene and cyclopentene.
  • Examples of the aliphatic epoxide include di- or polyglycidyl ether obtained by reacting an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or an alkylene oxide adduct thereof with epichlorohydrin.
  • Examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohols or alkylene oxide adducts thereof include alkylene glycols including ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and 1,6-hexanediol, and alkylene oxide adducts thereof.
  • Examples of the alkylene oxide in the alkylene oxide adduct include ethylene oxide and propylene oxide.
  • vinyl ether compounds include monofunctional vinyl ether compounds and bifunctional or higher functional vinyl ether compounds. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the curability of the ink or further improving the adhesion between the recording medium and the image, a bifunctional or higher vinyl ether compound is preferable.
  • Examples of monofunctional vinyl ether compounds include ethyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether, octadecyl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexanedimethanol monovinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, Isopropenyl ether-o-propylene carbonate, dodecyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether and octadecyl vinyl ether are included.
  • bifunctional or higher vinyl ether compounds include ethylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, propylene glycol divinyl ether, dipropylene glycol divinyl ether, butanediol divinyl ether, hexanediol divinyl ether, cyclohexanedimethanol Divinyl ether and trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether are included. Of these vinyl ether compounds, di- or trivinyl ether compounds are preferred in view of curability and adhesion.
  • oxetane compounds examples include oxetane compounds described in JP-A Nos. 2001-220526, 2001-310937, and JP-A-2005-255821.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical initiator when the photopolymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable functional group, and the photopolymerizable compound has a cationic polymerizable functional group. When it is a compound having a photoacid generator. Only one kind of the photopolymerization initiator may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • the photopolymerization initiator may be a combination of both a photo radical initiator and a photo acid generator.
  • the photo radical initiator includes a cleavage type radical initiator and a hydrogen abstraction type radical initiator.
  • cleavage type radical initiator examples include acetophenone-based initiators, benzoin-based initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based initiators, benzyl and methylphenylglyoxyesters.
  • acetophenone initiators include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, benzyldimethyl ketal, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2- Methylpropan-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenylketone, 2-methyl-2-morpholino (4-thiomethylphenyl) Propan-1-one and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone are included.
  • benzoin-based initiators examples include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether.
  • acylphosphine oxide-based initiator examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoin diphenylphosphine oxide.
  • hydrogen abstraction type radical initiators examples include benzophenone initiators, thioxanthone initiators, aminobenzophenone initiators, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 9,10- Phenanthrene quinone and camphor quinone are included.
  • benzophenone-based initiators include benzophenone, methyl-4-phenylbenzophenone o-benzoylbenzoate, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl-diphenyl sulfide, acrylated benzophenone 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone and 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone.
  • thioxanthone-based initiator examples include 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone and 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone.
  • aminobenzophenone-based initiators examples include Michler's ketone and 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone.
  • photoacid generators examples include compounds described in Organic Electronics Materials Research Group, “Organic Materials for Imaging”, Bunshin Publishing (1993), pages 187-192.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator may be in a range in which the ink can be sufficiently cured, and can be, for example, 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink.
  • magenta ink may further contain other components including a dispersant, a photopolymerization initiator auxiliary agent, and a polymerization inhibitor as long as the effects of the present invention are obtained. Only one kind of these components may be contained in magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • the dispersant is a compound having an affinity for both the pigment and the photopolymerizable compound described below, and can disperse the pigment in the photopolymerizable compound while adsorbing to the pigment, thereby enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment.
  • the content and type of the dispersant may be in a range that can further improve the dispersibility of the pigment. Only one type of dispersant may be included in the magenta ink, or two or more types of dispersants may be included.
  • the content of the dispersing agent can be, for example, 20% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment.
  • the content of the dispersing agent By setting the content of the dispersing agent to 20% by mass or more based on the total mass of the pigment, the dispersing agent coats the surface of the pigment, so that aggregation of the pigments during ink storage can be made less likely to occur. .
  • the content of the dispersant 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the pigment the association between the dispersant and the gelling agent is less likely to occur, and the ink that has landed on the recording medium is more sufficiently gelled. Can be pinned.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 30% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 35% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment.
  • dispersant examples include a hydroxyl group-containing carboxylic acid ester, a salt of a long chain polyaminoamide and a high molecular weight acid ester, a salt of a high molecular weight polycarboxylic acid, a salt of a long chain polyaminoamide and a polar acid ester, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester , Polymer copolymer, modified polyurethane, modified polyacrylate, polyether ester type anionic activator, naphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensate salt, aromatic sulfonic acid formalin condensate salt, polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene Nonylphenyl ether, and stearylamine acetate are included.
  • the dispersant is preferably a block copolymer having a comb block structure.
  • the block copolymer having a comb block structure refers to a copolymer obtained by graft polymerization of another type of polymer as a side chain with respect to each constituent unit derived from a monomer constituting a linear main chain.
  • block copolymers having a comb block structure examples include BYK-2164, BYK-168, BYK N-22024, BYK JET-9150 and BYK JET-9151, manufactured by BYK Chemie ("BYK” is registered by the company) Trademark), EFKA 7701, EFKA 4310, EFKA 4320 and EFKA 4401, manufactured by BASF, SOLPERSE 24000GR and SOLPERSE 39000, manufactured by Lyubrizol (“SOLSPERSE” is a registered trademark of the same company), and manufactured by Ajisper PB821 and Ajisper PB8 Fine (“Ajisper” is a registered trademark of Ajinomoto Co., Inc.).
  • photopolymerization initiator auxiliaries include tertiary amine compounds including aromatic tertiary amine compounds.
  • aromatic tertiary amine compounds include N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline, N, N-dimethyl-p-toluidine, N, N-dimethylamino-p-benzoic acid ethyl ester, N, N-dimethylamino-p-benzoic acid isoamyl ethyl ester, N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline, triethylamine and N, N-dimethylhexylamine are included.
  • polymerization inhibitors include (alkyl) phenol, hydroquinone, catechol, resorcin, p-methoxyphenol, t-butylcatechol, t-butylhydroquinone, pyrogallol, 1,1-picrylhydrazyl, phenothiazine, p-benzoquinone , Nitrosobenzene, 2,5-di-t-butyl-p-benzoquinone, dithiobenzoyl disulfide, picric acid, cuperone, aluminum N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine, tri-p-nitrophenylmethyl, N- (3-oxyanilino- 1,3-Dimethylbutylidene) aniline oxide, dibutylcresol, cyclohexanone oxime cresol, guaiacol, o-isopropylphenol, butyraloxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime and cyclohexanone oxy Be
  • the viscosity of the magenta ink at 80 ° C. is preferably 3 mPa ⁇ s or more and 20 mPa ⁇ s or less. Further, from the viewpoint of sufficient gelation of the ink when landed and cooled to room temperature, the viscosity of the magenta ink at 25 ° C. is preferably 1000 mPa ⁇ s or more.
  • the gelation temperature of the magenta ink is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 70 ° C. or lower.
  • the gelation temperature of the ink is 40 ° C. or higher, the ink gels quickly after landing on the recording medium, and therefore the pinning property is further improved.
  • the gelation temperature of the ink is 70 ° C. or lower, the ink is less likely to be gelled when the magenta ink is ejected from the inkjet head whose ink temperature is usually about 80 ° C., so that the ink can be ejected more stably.
  • the viscosity at 80 ° C., the viscosity at 25 ° C., and the gelation temperature of magenta ink and orange ink described later can be determined by measuring the temperature change of the dynamic viscoelasticity of the ink with a rheometer.
  • these viscosity and gelation temperature are values obtained by the following method.
  • the magenta ink was heated to 100 ° C., and the shear rate 11.7 (1/1) was measured while measuring the viscosity by a stress-controlled rheometer Physica MCR301 (cone plate diameter: 75 mm, cone angle: 1.0 °) manufactured by Anton Paar. s)
  • the ink is cooled to 20 ° C.
  • the viscosity at 80 ° C. and the viscosity at 25 ° C. are obtained by reading the viscosities at 80 ° C. and 25 ° C. in the temperature change curve of the viscosity, respectively.
  • the gelation temperature is determined as the temperature at which the viscosity becomes 200 mPa ⁇ s in the temperature change curve of the viscosity.
  • the average particle size of the pigment particles contained in the magenta ink is 0.08 ⁇ m or more and 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and the maximum particle size is 0.3 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less. preferable.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment particles in the present invention means a value obtained by a dynamic light scattering method using Data Sizer Nano ZSP, manufactured by Malvern. Note that the ink containing the color material has a high concentration and does not transmit light with this measuring instrument. Therefore, the ink is diluted 200 times before measurement.
  • the measurement temperature is room temperature (25 ° C).
  • Orange ink is an ink that contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and is cured by irradiation with actinic rays.
  • One kind of orange ink may be included in the ink set, or two or more kinds of orange inks having different compositions may be included in the ink set.
  • Pigment The pigment contained in the orange ink may be any pigment that allows the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium to exhibit an orange color.
  • examples of such pigments include Pigment Orange 16, Pigment Orange 34, Pigment Orange 36, Pigment Orange 38, Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Orange 64, and Pigment Orange 71.
  • the pigment contained in the orange ink is It is a pigment having a basic site in a non-aromatic cyclic structure (hereinafter also simply referred to as “basic orange pigment”), and a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment (hereinafter simply referred to as “azo derivative”).
  • azo derivative a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment
  • the orange pigment is also referred to as “orange pigment-C”
  • the ink containing orange pigment-C is also referred to as “orange ink-C”
  • the other orange ink is also referred to as “orange ink-D”.
  • orange ink When simply referred to as “orange ink”, it means conceptually an orange ink including both.
  • gelling agents especially crystalline gelling agents, crystallize in the ink by electronic interaction between highly polar sites and low polarity sites in the gelling agent as the temperature changes. It is known to increase viscosity and pin the ink.
  • the present inventors have found that the pinning performance of the ink may decrease or become unstable depending on the composition of the ink, which is caused by gelation with other components in the ink such as pigment. It is presumed that the amount of gelling agent used for pinning by crystallization of the gelling agent is reduced or destabilized by the electronic interaction of the agent.
  • the pigment and the polymerizable compound preferentially interact electronically, Presumed to be in a “free” state that does not interact with the compound.
  • a polymerizable compound having a high polarity such as Orange Pigment-C
  • the temperature of the sol-gel phase transition of the ink can be stabilized, and the content of the gelling agent can be minimized.
  • the orange ink-C can suppress an excessive increase in gloss of the formed image.
  • the combination of Orange Ink-C and a polymerizable compound having a high polarity improves the dispersion stability of the pigment, so that the storage stability of the pigment is good, and excessive accumulation of pigments is also possible during image formation. It can be suppressed and an image of a desired color gamut can be easily formed.
  • the orange ink of the ink set of the present invention is preferably an orange ink-C containing an orange pigment-C.
  • the color gamut may be expanded by other inks such as magenta ink as described above. In the case illustrated, the pigment contained in the orange ink does not need to be the orange pigment-C.
  • the ink set of the present invention has at least the magenta pigment-A. It is more preferable that the ink set includes a magenta ink-A containing an orange ink and an orange ink-C containing an orange pigment-C. Moreover, the pigment contained in orange ink may contain only 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types.
  • At least one of the cyclic structures of the basic orange pigment is a non-aromatic cyclic structure having a basic site.
  • a cyclic structure include an alicyclic structure in which the cyclic structure is composed only of carbon and hydrogen, a heterocyclic structure in which the cyclic structure includes carbon and other atoms, and a plurality of the cyclic structures having one atom.
  • a structure in which a basic site is included in a part of a partial structure selected from spiro ring structures sharing the above, or a structure in which a part of the structure is substituted with a basic site is included. If the cyclic structure does not have aromaticity, it may contain a double bond.
  • the basic site means a site that can have a positive charge.
  • the basic moiety include a secondary amino group, an amino group containing a tertiary amino group and a quaternary ammonium group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group having a pyrrolidine or piperidine skeleton.
  • the basic site is preferably a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group.
  • the basic orange pigment preferably has two or more basic sites in the molecule. It is more preferable to have the above.
  • the content of the basic orange pigment is not particularly limited as long as the orange color in the obtained image is sufficient and the viscosity of the ink can be discharged from the inkjet head.
  • the content of the pigment is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less with respect to the orange ink-C, and is 0.4% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • Examples of the basic orange pigment include Pigment Orange 36 having a structure represented by the following (Formula 1), Pigment Orange 64 having a structure represented by (Formula 2), and a structure represented by (Formula 3).
  • Pigment Orange 71 is included. Pigment Orange 36 and Pigment Orange 71 have two basic sites in the molecule, and Pigment Orange 64 has four basic sites in the molecule.
  • Azo derivatives are sulfonated derivatives of insoluble azo pigments. Since the azo derivative has a highly polar portion derived from sulfonic acid, the azo derivative can associate well with a basic orange pigment having the same highly polar portion. Therefore, when the ink contains an azo derivative and a basic orange pigment, the gelling agent accumulates on the surface of the basic orange pigment, thereby suppressing the relative decrease of the gelling agent molecules in the ink. it can. Therefore, according to the ink containing the azo derivative and the basic orange pigment, the gloss is not excessively high and an image having a color tone close to orange described in the Pantone color sample book can be formed. it is conceivable that.
  • the melted azo lake derivative has a high affinity with the photopolymerizable compound because it has many water-soluble functional groups, and more aggregates with the photopolymerizable compound than with the pigment. Easy to form.
  • the quinacridone pigment derivative is inactive because the pigment surface is covered with thick ⁇ -electrons, and does not easily form an association with the basic group of the basic orange pigment.
  • sulfonated derivatives of azo pigments often form aggregates with basic orange pigments, so it is considered that the accumulation of gelling agents on the surface of basic orange pigments can be more effectively prevented.
  • the content of the azo derivative is 2% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink. If the content of the azo derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment is 2% by mass or more, the basic orange pigment and the azo derivative can be associated with each other well, so that it is considered that the gloss does not become too high. When the content of the azo derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment is 15% by mass or less, a change in gloss due to precipitation of the azo derivative on the image surface can be suppressed.
  • the content of the azo derivative is preferably 5% by mass or more and 13% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink, and 7% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink. More preferably, it is 12 mass% or less.
  • azo derivatives examples include solsperse 22000, manufactured by Lubrizol (“solsperse” is a registered trademark of the company) and BYK synergist 2105, manufactured by BYK Chemie (“BYK” is a registered trademark of the company).
  • the photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink.
  • the orange ink-C preferably contains a highly polar photopolymerizable compound described later.
  • the orange ink-C may further contain a photopolymerizable compound (hereinafter also simply referred to as “low-polar photopolymerizable compound”) having a lower polarity than the high-polarity photopolymerizable compound.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound obtained by adding the high polarity photopolymerizable compound and the low polarity photopolymerizable compound in the orange ink-C may be in a range where the ink irradiated with actinic rays is sufficiently cured, for example, , And can be 1% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total mass of the orange ink-C. From the above viewpoint, the content of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 30% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the orange ink-C.
  • the highly polar photopolymerizable compound is a photopolymerization having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups (hereinafter also simply referred to as “EO groups”) or propylene oxide groups (hereinafter also simply referred to as “PO groups”). It is a sex compound. Only one kind of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound may be contained in the orange ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • EO groups ethylene oxide groups
  • PO groups propylene oxide groups
  • 6 or more EO groups and PO groups may exist as one connected segment, or may exist in two or more segments.
  • the EO group and the PO group are divided into two or more segments, three or more It is preferable that there are two or more segments having an EO group or a PO group in the molecule.
  • Highly polar photopolymerizable compounds have 6 or more polar EO groups or PO groups, and have a high affinity with basic orange pigments having the same polarity. Therefore, basic orange pigments such as Orange Pigment-C It is considered that the dispersibility of the pigment having the above can be improved.
  • the highly polar photopolymerizable compound has a high affinity with an azo derivative containing a polar moiety, it is considered that the dispersibility of a pigment having an azo derivative can be improved. Therefore, it is considered that the highly polar photopolymerizable compound makes it easy for the azo derivative to be present in the vicinity of the surface of the basic orange pigment, and as a result, can reduce the electronic interaction between the pigment and the gelling agent in the ink.
  • the sol-gel phase transition which is the original function of the gelling agent, can proceed without being affected by other compounds in the ink. Even with a small amount of gelling agent, it is considered that glossiness can be improved by the function of phase transition.
  • the highly polar photopolymerizable compound has a high ability to disperse the pigment even at a temperature of 60 ° C. or higher, which is the temperature at which the orange ink is emitted from the inkjet head. It is considered that nozzle missing due to deposition can be made difficult to occur.
  • the content of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound.
  • the content of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound is the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is preferable to set it as 30 mass% or more and 80 mass% or less with respect to 50 mass% or more and 70 mass% or less.
  • Examples of commercially available highly polar photopolymerizable compounds include the products listed in Table 1.
  • “Number of EO groups or PO groups” represents the number of EO groups or PO groups contained in one molecule of the product represented by the brand.
  • “New Frontier” is a registered trademark of Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • “Fankrill” is a registered trademark of Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the low-polarity photopolymerizable compound is a photopolymerizable compound in which the total number of EO groups and PO groups is less than six.
  • low-polarity photopolymerizable compounds that are (meth) acrylates include monofunctional (meth) acrylates, bifunctional (meth) acrylates, and trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylates.
  • Examples of monofunctional (meth) acrylates include isoamyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, isomustyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl-diglycol (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meta ) Acrylate, methoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxye (Meth) acrylate, t
  • bifunctional (meth) acrylates include triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, Dimethylol-tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate, PO adduct di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate hydroxypivalate, polytetramethylene glycol di ( Data) acrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate and tripropylene glycol diacrylate,
  • tri- or higher functional (meth) acrylates examples include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane Tetra (meth) acrylate, glycerin propoxytri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol ethoxytetra (meth) acrylate are included.
  • the low-polarity photopolymerizable compound has an EO group, a PO group, and the like. It is preferable to have a polar structure.
  • Examples of low-polarity photopolymerizable compounds having a polar structure include the products listed in Table 2.
  • “Number of EO groups or PO groups” represents the number of EO groups or PO groups contained in one molecule of the product represented by the brand.
  • “Aronix” is a registered trademark of Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • “Miramar” is a registered trademark of Bigen Specialty Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the dispersant, gelling agent, and photopolymerization initiator contained in the orange ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink.
  • Orange ink contains the same compound as magenta ink as a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent and a photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of increasing the affinity between inks and forming a higher definition image. It is preferable to do.
  • the amount of the gelling agent contained in the orange ink can be 1.0% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the ink.
  • the pinning property of the ink can be sufficiently increased, a higher definition image can be formed, and the wetting and spreading of the ink can be reduced.
  • the gloss of the image can be made closer to the gloss of the image with other ink.
  • by enhancing the pinning properties of the ink it is possible to reduce the occurrence of color shortage due to the ink entering the inside of the base material, particularly when an image is formed on the water-absorbing base material. It becomes easy to form an image.
  • the content of the gelling agent in the orange ink is preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less, and 2.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is 2.5 mass% or more and 4.0 mass% or less.
  • the viscosity of the orange ink at 80 ° C. is 8.0 mPa ⁇ s or more and 9.5 mPa ⁇ s or less. preferable. From the above viewpoint, the viscosity of the orange ink at 80 ° C. is more preferably 8.5 mPa ⁇ s or more and 9.0 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the average particle size of the pigment particles contained in the orange ink is preferably 0.13 ⁇ m or more and 0.22 ⁇ m or less. From the above viewpoint, the average particle diameter of the pigment particles contained in the orange ink is preferably 0.14 ⁇ m or more and 0.16 ⁇ m or less.
  • the other physical properties of the orange ink are preferably in the same range as the magenta ink described above for the same reason as the magenta ink.
  • the ink set of the present invention contains at least magenta ink-A or orange ink-C. That is, it is sufficient that the color gamut expansion in a good color gamut, particularly in the red color region such as Pantone Red 032, is achieved by magenta ink-A or orange ink-C.
  • the orange ink may be either orange ink-C or orange ink-D.
  • the magenta ink may be either magenta ink-A or magenta ink-B.
  • the ink set of the present invention is more preferably an ink set containing magenta ink-A and orange ink-C.
  • An ink set contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator other than the magenta ink or orange ink, and is cured by irradiation with actinic rays (hereinafter simply referred to as an ink set) (It is also referred to as “other ink”.).
  • an ink set contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator other than the magenta ink or orange ink, and is cured by irradiation with actinic rays (hereinafter simply referred to as an ink set) (It is also referred to as “other ink”.).
  • an ink set further includes yellow ink, cyan ink, and black ink, a full-color image can be formed.
  • the pigment contained in the yellow ink may be any pigment that can be yellowed on the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium.
  • examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Yellow”) 1, Pigment Yellow 3, Pigment Yellow 12, Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Yellow 37, Pigment Yig 34 55, Pigment Yellow 74, Pigment Yellow 81, Pigment Yellow 83, Pigment Yellow 93, Pigment Yellow 94, Pigment Yellow 95, Pigment Yellow 97, P gment Yellow 108, Pigment Yellow 109, Pigment Yellow 110, Pigment Yellow 137, Pigment Yellow 138, Pigment Yellow 139, Pigment Yellow 153, Pigment Yellow 154, Pigment Yellow 155, Pigment Yellow 157, Pigment Yellow 166, Pigment Yellow 167, Pigment Yellow 168, Pigment Yellow 180, Pigment Yellow 185, and Pigment Yellow 193 are included. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the yellow ink, or two or more
  • the pigment contained in the cyan ink may be any pigment that can give a cyan color when the ink landed on the recording medium and cured.
  • examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Blue”) 1, Pigment Blue 15, Pigment Blue 15: 1, Pigment Blue 15: 2, Pigment Blue 15: 3, Pigment 15: 4, Blue 15: 4 Includes Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 17-1, Pigment Blue 22, Pigment Blue 27, Pigment Blue 28, Pigment Blue 29, Pigment Blue 36, and Pigment Blue 60. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the cyan ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • the pigment contained in the black ink is not particularly limited as long as the ink that has landed on the recording medium and cured can exhibit a black color.
  • examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Black (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Black”) 7 (carbon black), Pigment Black 28, and Pigment Black 26 are included. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the black ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
  • the photopolymerizable compound, the dispersant, the gelling agent, and the photopolymerization initiator contained in the other ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink. From the viewpoint of increasing the affinity between the inks and forming a higher-definition image, other inks use the same compound as magenta ink as a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator. It is preferable to contain.
  • the content of the gelling agent in the other ink is , And 1.5 mass% or more and 3.0 mass% or less with respect to the total mass of the ink. From the above viewpoint, the content of the gelling agent in the other ink is preferably 2.0% by mass or more and 2.5% by mass or less.
  • ink The above magenta ink, orange ink and other inks are prepared by mixing the above-described pigment, dispersant, gelling agent, photopolymerizable compound and photopolymerization initiator with any of the components under heating. Can be obtained. It is preferable to filter the obtained liquid mixture with a predetermined filter. At this time, a pigment dispersion in which a pigment and a dispersant are dispersed in a solvent may be prepared in advance, and the remaining components may be added thereto and mixed while heating.
  • the pigment and the dispersant can be dispersed by, for example, a ball mill, a sand mill, an attritor, a roll mill, an agitator, a Henschel mixer, a colloid mill, an ultrasonic homogenizer, a pearl mill, a wet jet mill, and a paint shaker.
  • the image forming method of the present invention is known in that the magenta ink and orange ink are ejected from an inkjet head and landed on a recording medium and cured, except that the magenta ink and orange ink included in the ink set described above are used.
  • the image forming method can be performed in the same manner.
  • the image forming method of the present invention includes a first step of ejecting magenta ink and orange ink included in the ink set from a nozzle of an inkjet head and landing on a recording medium, and the landed magenta ink and orange ink. And a second step of curing the magenta ink and the orange ink by irradiating with an actinic ray.
  • magenta ink and orange ink droplets are ejected from an inkjet head and landed on a position corresponding to an image to be formed on a recording medium. For example, both orange ink and magenta ink are landed at a position where an intermediate color of orange and magenta is formed. Either orange ink or magenta ink may be ejected first.
  • the ejection method from the inkjet head may be either an on-demand method or a continuous method.
  • On-demand inkjet heads include electro-mechanical conversion methods such as single cavity type, double cavity type, bender type, piston type, shear mode type and shared wall type, as well as thermal inkjet type and bubble jet. Any of electric-thermal conversion methods such as Canon Inc. registered trademark) may be used.
  • Ink droplets can be ejected from an inkjet head in a heated state to improve ejection stability.
  • the temperature of the ink when ejected is preferably 35 ° C. or more and 100 ° C. or less, and more preferably 35 ° C. or more and 80 ° C. or less in order to further improve the ejection stability.
  • the emission is preferably performed at an ink temperature such that the viscosity of the ink is 7 mPa ⁇ s or more and 15 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 8 mPa ⁇ s or more and 13 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the sol-gel phase transition type ink has an ink temperature of (gelation temperature + 10) ° C. to (increase temperature) of the ink when filled in the ejection recording head in order to improve the ejection property of the ink from the ejection recording head.
  • the gelling temperature is preferably set to +30) ° C.
  • the temperature of the ink in the ejection recording head is less than (gelation temperature + 10) ° C.
  • the ink is gelled in the ejection recording head or on the nozzle surface, and the ink ejection property is likely to deteriorate.
  • the temperature of the ink in the ejection recording head exceeds (gelation temperature + 30) ° C., the ink becomes too high, and the ink component may deteriorate.
  • the method for heating the ink to a predetermined temperature is not particularly limited.
  • at least one of an ink tank constituting the head carriage, an ink supply system such as a supply pipe and an anterior chamber ink tank just before the head, a pipe with a filter, a piezo head, etc. is used among a panel heater, a ribbon heater, and warm water Either can be heated to a predetermined temperature.
  • the amount of ink droplets when ejected is preferably 2 pL or more and 20 pL or less from the viewpoint of recording speed and image quality.
  • Second Step the magenta ink and orange ink landed in the second step are irradiated with active energy rays to form an image formed by curing these inks.
  • the active energy ray is preferably irradiated for 0.001 second or more and 1.0 second or less after ink landing. In order to form a high-definition image, 0.001 second or more and 0.5 second or less. It is more preferable to irradiate in between.
  • the active energy ray applied to the ink can be selected from, for example, an electron beam, an ultraviolet ray, an ⁇ ray, a ⁇ ray, an X-ray, etc. Among them, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet ray.
  • Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by, for example, 395 nm, a water-cooled LED, manufactured by Phoseon Technology. By using the LED as the light source, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of poor curing of the ink due to the melting of the ink by the radiant heat of the light source.
  • the LED light source is installed so that the peak illuminance on the image surface of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm to 410 nm is 0.5 W / cm 2 to 10 W / cm 2 and is 1 W / cm 2 to 5 W / cm 2. It is more preferable to install so that it becomes. From the viewpoint of suppressing the radiant heat from being applied to the ink, the amount of light applied to the image is preferably less than 350 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the irradiation of active energy rays is divided into two stages. First, after the ink has landed, the active energy rays are irradiated by the above-described method between 0.001 second and 2.0 seconds to temporarily cure the ink. After the printing, the ink may be further cured by irradiating an active energy ray. By dividing the irradiation of the active energy ray into two stages, the shrinkage of the recording material that occurs during ink curing is less likely to occur.
  • the total ink film thickness after irradiating the ink landed on the recording medium with an active energy ray and being cured is 2 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, the curling and wrinkle of the recording medium Occurrence and change in texture of the recording medium can be prevented more efficiently.
  • the “total ink film thickness” is the total value of the film thicknesses of all inks applied or printed on the recording medium, or the film thickness measured at a plurality of points where the ink landing amount is expected to be large. Mean value.
  • the recording medium used in the image forming method of the present invention is only required to form an image with the ink set.
  • Non-absorbent recording media plastic base composed of plastics such as copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate and polybutadiene terephthalate, non-absorbing inorganic recording media such as metals and glass, and absorbent papers (for example, , Coated paper for printing and coated paper for printing B).
  • magenta ink 1-1-1 Surface Treatment of Magenta Pigment
  • magenta pigment before treatment which is a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202, was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid.
  • CINQUASIA Magenta L4540 manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 50/50)
  • CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 60/40) 228-2120, manufactured by Sun Chemical (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 70/30) Cinquasia Red K4330, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 80/20)
  • an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 10.
  • an aqueous solution of sodium aluminate manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • Al (OH) 3 aluminum hydroxide
  • the aqueous solution was filtered, and the resulting solid was washed with water and dried to obtain an alumina-treated magenta pigment powder.
  • ICP-AES Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer (device name), manufactured by SII Nanotechnology)
  • 5000 ppm of alumina was applied to the magenta pigment powder. It was calculated that
  • the alumina-treated magenta pigment prepared above was dispersed in 2-pyrrolidone as a solvent.
  • the dispersion is transferred to a container capable of vacuum degassing, heated to 100-120 ° C. while reducing the pressure to 50 Torr (6.67 Pa) or less with an aspirator, and water contained in the system is removed as much as possible. Controlled to ° C.
  • sulfur trioxide sulfuric anhydride, manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • sulfonating agent in an amount of 0.15 part with respect to 100 parts of magenta pigment was added and stirred for 2 to 3 hours.
  • the surface-treated magenta pigment obtained by filtering this was washed several times with excess 2-pyrrolidone, poured into water, and then filtered to obtain magenta pigment 1 for ink. Based on the amount of S element contained in the magenta pigment 1 ink ink measured by ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer (device name, manufactured by SII Nano Technology)), 1500 ppm of sulfonic acid is magenta for ink. It was calculated that it was imparted to Pigment 1.
  • magenta pigments for inks 2 to 10 and 13 having different amounts of alumina and sulfonic acid were prepared.
  • magenta pigment 11 for ink was subjected to surface treatment with alumina, but was not subjected to surface treatment with sulfonic acid.
  • the magenta pigment 12 for ink was not subjected to surface treatment with alumina or sulfonic acid.
  • the powder of the magenta pigment 12 for ink was measured by ICP-AES, only the Al element (usually about 1 to 15 ppm) and the S element (usually about 20 to 30 ppm) originally contained in the pigment were quantified.
  • Table 3 shows the physical properties of the untreated magenta pigment and the ink magenta pigments 1 to 13 used for the ink magenta pigments 1 to 12.
  • magenta Pigment Dispersion Put magenta pigment 1 for ink, photopolymerizable compound, dispersant and polymerization inhibitor into 200 ml of polybin, and add 120 g of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm ⁇ into it, and close the lid. Then, the mixture was dispersed for 4 hours with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain a magenta pigment dispersion 1a.
  • a vibration mill Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho
  • Magenta pigment for ink 1 9.0 g
  • Photopolymerizable compound 32.7 g of tripropylene glycol diacrylate Dispersant: BYK Jet-9151, manufactured by Big Chemie Co., 3.2 g
  • Polymerization inhibitor Irgastab UV-10, manufactured by BASF ("Irgastab" is a registered trademark of the company) 0.1 g
  • Magenta pigment dispersions 2a to 13a were prepared by the same procedure except that the magenta pigment 1 for ink was changed to magenta pigments 2 to 13 for ink.
  • magenta ink 1a was prepared by filtration.
  • Magenta pigment dispersion 1a 20.0 g
  • Photopolymerizable compound polyethylene glycol 600 diacrylate 6.2
  • Photopolymerizable compound 3PO-modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate 6.2g
  • Surfactant TSF-4442, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Photopolymerization initiator Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF (“Irgacure” is a registered trademark of the company)
  • Magenta inks 2a to 13a were prepared in the same manner as magenta ink 1 except that magenta pigment dispersion 1a was changed to magenta pigment dispersions 2a to 13a.
  • magenta inks 1a to 13a inks were prepared as needed so that the content of the gelling agent in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total mass of the ink.
  • Orange inks Orange inks 1a to 6a were prepared in the same manner as magenta ink 1a, except that magenta pigment 1 for ink was changed to the following orange pigments 1 to 6.
  • Orange Pigment 1 Pigment Orange 36
  • Orange Pigment 2 Pigment Orange 71
  • Orange Pigment 3 Pigment Orange 64
  • Orange Pigment 4 Pigment Orange 16
  • Orange Pigment 5 Pigment Orange 34
  • Orange Pigment 6 Pigment Orange 38
  • Orange pigment 1 a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant and a polymerization inhibitor are placed in 200 ml of polybin, 120 g of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm ⁇ are further placed therein, and the lid is closed. It was dispersed for 5 hours with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain Orange Pigment Dispersion 1.
  • a vibration mill Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho
  • Orange pigment 1 8.5g Pigment derivative: Solsperse 22000 (sulfonated Pigment Yellow 12) 0.5 g
  • Photopolymerizable compound 32.7 g of tripropylene glycol diacrylate Dispersant: BYK Jet-9151, manufactured by Big Chemie Co., 3.2 g
  • Orange pigment dispersions 2a to 6a were prepared by the same procedure except that orange pigment 1 was changed to orange pigments 2 to 6.
  • Photopolymerization initiator Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF (“Irgacure” is a registered trademark of the company)
  • Orange inks 2a to 6a were prepared in the same manner as the orange ink 1a except that the orange pigment dispersion 1a was changed to orange pigment dispersions 2 to 6.
  • inks were prepared as needed so that the gelling agent content in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total mass of the ink.
  • Yellow ink is the same as orange ink 1 except that orange pigment 1 is changed to PY185 (yellow pigment), Pigment Blue 15: 4 (cyan pigment) and Pigment Black 7 (black pigment).
  • PY185 yellow pigment
  • Pigment Blue 15: 4 cyan pigment
  • Pigment Black 7 black pigment
  • an ink was prepared such that the gelling agent content in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total ink.
  • Ink set Magenta ink and orange ink are combined as shown in Tables 4-5, and all the inks contained in the ink set contain any amount of gelling agent shown in Tables 4-5. Magenta ink, orange ink, yellow ink, cyan ink and black ink were combined to form ink sets 1-1 to 1-36.
  • Tables 4 to 5 show the combinations of magenta ink and orange ink contained in each ink set, and the amount of gelling agent contained in the ink contained in the ink set.
  • the difference in average particle size of both magenta ink and orange ink is less than 7 nm
  • the difference in average particle size of either magenta ink or orange ink is 7 nm or more and less than 15 nm
  • Average particle of either magenta ink or orange ink Difference in diameter is 15 nm or more
  • D Difference in average particle diameter of both magenta ink and orange ink is 15 nm or more
  • the reflection gloss value of either magenta or orange magenta ink and the above reflection gloss The absolute value of the difference from the value (40) is 3.0 or more and less than 5.0 C
  • the absolute value of the difference between the reflection gloss value of the magenta ink of either magenta or orange and the reflection gloss value (40) is 5 0 or more
  • the absolute value of the difference between the reflection gloss value of either magenta or orange magenta ink and the reflection gloss value (40) is 5.0 or more.
  • Color Gamut Difference Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 were measured with an ink set described in 1-5-2 by a portable integrating sphere spectrophotometer Ci6x, manufactured by X-lite, and a *, b * Got the value. Calculate the square root of the sum of the square of the difference of each a * value and the square of the difference of each b * value, and the color gamut difference between the image by each ink set and the standard sample It was.
  • the color gamut difference of both A Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is less than 1.0.
  • the color gamut difference of either B Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
  • C Pantone Red 032 and The color gamut difference of either Pantone Orange 021 is greater than 2.0.
  • the color gamut difference of both D Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is greater than 2.0.
  • An ink set containing magenta ink in which the amount of alumina in the magenta pigment for ink is 1500 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less by mass ratio to the magenta pigment and surface-treated with sulfonic acid has high storage stability, gloss difference and color An image with a small area difference could be formed. Further, when the content of the gelling agent in each ink included in the ink set is 1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less based on the mass of the ink, the ink pinning property can be improved.
  • the ratio of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 contained in the magenta pigment is within the range of 60/40 to 70/30, the color gamut difference with Pantone® Red 032 is further reduced. Furthermore, when an ink set containing magenta ink-A and orange ink-C is used, an image close to Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 can be formed, and red to orange in the L * a * b * color space. The color gamut that can be expressed as the ink set of the area was expanded.
  • Example 2 2-1. Preparation of Ink Using one of the orange pigments shown in Table 9, one of the pigment derivatives shown in Table 10, two of the photopolymerizable compounds shown below, a gelling agent, and other materials, the ink was prepared.
  • Photopolymerizable compound [Highly polar photopolymerizable compound]
  • PEG400DA Polyethylene glycol 400 diacrylate (A-400, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., number of ethylene oxide groups: 9)
  • FA-137M EO-modified trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate (FA-137M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd., number of ethylene oxide groups: 21)
  • BPP-4 PO-modified bisphenol A diacrylate (New Frontier BPP-4, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., number of propylene oxide groups: about 4)
  • TPGDA Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (Aronix M220, Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • Gelling agent T1 Kao wax T-1, manufactured by Kao Corporation
  • UV10 Irgastab UV-10, manufactured by BASF ("Irgastab” is a registered trademark of the company)
  • ITX ITX, manufactured by BASF 819: Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF (“Irgacure” is a registered trademark of the company)
  • TPO DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF (DAROCUR is a registered trademark of BASF)
  • BYK Jet-9151 manufactured by Big Chemie
  • Pigment dispersion Orange pigment dispersion 12.0 parts by mass
  • Photopolymerizable compound FA-137M 24.3 parts by mass
  • Photopolymerizable compound BPP-4 56.7 parts by mass
  • Surfactant TSF-4442 0.3 parts by mass Parts
  • Gelling agent T-1 3.0 parts by weight
  • Photopolymerization initiator: TPO 2.0 parts by weight Orange pigment, light In the same manner as in the orange ink 1b except that the type and ratio of the polymerizable compound and the type and amount of the gelling agent or pigment derivative were changed to the combinations or values shown in Tables 11 to 13, An ink was prepared. These orange inks were used as the inks of ink sets 2-2 to 2-42.
  • magenta ink The following ingredients were prepared to a total of 100 g, put into a 250 ml pot together with 120 g of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm ⁇ , tightened with a lid, and 5 with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). Time dispersed. After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain a magenta pigment dispersion.
  • Magenta pigment Magenta pigment 13 18.0 parts by weight
  • Photopolymerizable compound BPP-4 balance
  • a magenta ink 1b having a ratio of 30:70 was prepared. This magenta ink was used as the magenta ink of ink set 2-1.
  • Pigment dispersion Magenta pigment dispersion 12.0 parts by weight
  • Photopolymerizable compound FA-137M 24.3 parts by weight
  • Photopolymerizable compound BPP-4 56.7 parts by weight
  • Surfactant TSF-4442 0.3 parts by weight Parts
  • Gelling agent T-1 3.0 parts by weight
  • a magenta ink was prepared in the same manner under the same conditions as the orange ink with the same number and ratio of the photopolymerizable compound and the gelling agent content. These magenta inks were used as magenta inks of ink sets 2-2 to 2-42.
  • Tables 11 to 13 show the types of orange pigments, types and contents of photopolymerizable compounds, ratios of highly polar photopolymerizable compounds, contents of gelling agents, and types and contents of pigment derivatives in each ink. Indicates the amount.
  • the numerical values described in the columns of “high polar photopolymerizable compound” and “low polar photopolymerizable compound” are the amounts of the respective photopolymerizable compounds relative to the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound ( The numerical value described in the column “ratio of highly polar photopolymerizable compound” is the amount (mass%) of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound relative to the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound.
  • the numerical value described in the column of “gelling agent content” is the amount (mass%) of the gelling agent with respect to the total mass of each ink.
  • the numerical value described in the column “” is the amount (mass%) of the pigment derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in each ink.
  • An image formed using an ink containing a basic orange pigment and an azo derivative and having a mass ratio of the high-polarity photopolymerizable compound to the monomer composition of 30% by mass or more has a color tone from the Pantone color gamut.
  • the deviation and the deviation from the gloss values of the other color inks were small, and the dot diameter was also in the desired range.
  • an image formed using an ink containing an orange pigment that does not have a basic site in the ring structure has a large color shift from the Pantone color gamut and a shift from the gloss value of the other color ink. This is considered to be because the orange pigment and the azo derivative could not be sufficiently associated, and the accumulation of the gelling agent on the orange pigment could not be sufficiently prevented.
  • an image formed using an ink having a high polar photopolymerizable compound content of less than 30% by mass had a large color shift from the Pantone color gamut. This is probably because the basic orange pigment and the azo derivative could not be sufficiently associated, and the accumulation of the gelling agent on the basic orange pigment could not be sufficiently prevented by the azo derivative.
  • an image formed using an ink having a gelling agent content of 1.0% by mass or more had a small deviation from the gloss value of other color inks, and the dot diameter was in a desired range. This is considered to be because the ink was sufficiently pinned by the gelling agent.
  • the ink set provided with both magenta ink-A and orange ink-C according to the present invention has good storage stability, excellent pinning property, small gloss difference, and in the L * a * b * color space. An ink set having good color reproducibility in the red to orange color gamut could be provided.
  • the ink set of the present invention can be used to form an image having a variety of color tones and a glossiness equivalent to that of a conventional image.

Abstract

 An objective of the present invention is to provide an ink set which comprises magenta ink and orange ink, which enables the formation of images having color regions that present difficulties for formation when only CMYK 4-color ink is used, and which enables the expansion of the color gamut in the red-orange region in the L*a*b* color space. The objective is achieved by an ink set comprising a plurality of inks that contain pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and that can be cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein: the plurality of inks includes magenta ink and orange ink; the pigment contained in the magenta ink includes a magenta pigment having a solid solution of C.I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. Pigment Red 202 that has been surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid; the content of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500-7500 mass ppm; and the content of the gelling agent in each of the inks is 1-5 mass%.

Description

インクセットおよび画像形成方法Ink set and image forming method
 本発明は、インクセットおよび画像形成方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an ink set and an image forming method.
 インクジェット記録方式は、簡易かつ安価に画像を形成できることから、各種印刷分野で用いられている。インクジェットインクの一つとして、活性光線を照射されることで硬化する光重合性化合物を含有するインク(以下、単に「活性光線硬化型インク」ともいう。)が知られている。活性光線硬化型インクは、吸水性が低い記録媒体においても、高い密着性を有する画像を形成できることから、近年注目されつつある。 The ink jet recording method is used in various printing fields because it can form an image easily and inexpensively. As one of the ink-jet inks, an ink containing a photopolymerizable compound that cures when irradiated with actinic rays (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “actinic ray curable ink”) is known. In recent years, actinic ray curable ink has been attracting attention because it can form an image having high adhesion even on a recording medium having low water absorption.
 活性光線硬化型インクは、色材として顔料を含有することができる。このとき、異なる色を呈する複数の顔料が記録媒体に着弾するようにインクを吐出することで、形成される画像の色域を拡大することができる。たとえば、特許文献1には、レッド顔料とオレンジ顔料とを含有するインクによって、パントン社が提供している各種色見本帳に掲載されているPantone Red 032(「Pantone」は同社の登録商標)に近い色を呈することができると記載されている。一方でC.I.Pigment Violet(以下、単に「Pigment Violet」ともいう。) 19とC.I.Pigment Red(以下、単に「Pigment Red」ともいう。) 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を含有するインク(以下、単に「マゼンタインク」ともいう。)によっても、従来のレッドインクよりも形成された画像の色域を拡大できることが知られている。Pigment Violet 19およびPigment Red 202は、いずれもキナクリドン骨格を有する顔料である。 The actinic ray curable ink can contain a pigment as a coloring material. At this time, the color gamut of the formed image can be expanded by ejecting ink so that a plurality of pigments exhibiting different colors land on the recording medium. For example, Patent Document 1 describes Pantone Red 032 (“Panthone” is a registered trademark of the company) published in various color sample books provided by Pantone Corporation using ink containing a red pigment and an orange pigment. It is described that it can exhibit a close color. On the other hand, C.I. I. Pigment Violet (hereinafter also simply referred to as “Pigment Violet”) 19 and C.I. I. Pigment Red (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Red”) 202 was formed more than conventional red ink by ink containing a magenta pigment containing a solid solution with 202 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “magenta ink”). It is known that the color gamut of an image can be expanded. Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 are both pigments having a quinacridone skeleton.
 また、インクジェット記録方式では、イエローインク、マゼンタインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクから、形成すべき色に応じて好適なインクの組みあわせを選択し、選択されたインクを重ね打ちすることで、フルカラーの画像を形成することができる。このとき、形成される画像の色域をさらに広げるため、オレンジインクをさらに組みあわせて画像を形成することがある。 In the ink jet recording method, a suitable combination of inks is selected from yellow ink, magenta ink, cyan ink, and black ink according to the color to be formed, and the selected ink is overprinted. An image can be formed. At this time, in order to further widen the color gamut of the formed image, an image may be formed by further combining orange ink.
 特許文献2には、他色と組みあわせて用いることにより、形成される画像の色域をオレンジの範囲により広げることができる、ゲル化剤を含有するオレンジインクが開示されている。特許文献2では、所望の反射率(光沢)を有する画像が得られるようにインクを調製することで、パントン社の色見本帳に掲載されているオレンジに近い色調を有する画像が形成されると記載されている。特許文献2には、オレンジ顔料としてC.I.Pigment Orange(以下、単に「Pigment Orange」ともいう。)36を含有するオレンジインクが記載されている。 Patent Document 2 discloses an orange ink containing a gelling agent that can be used in combination with other colors to widen the color gamut of an image to be formed in the orange range. In Patent Document 2, when an ink having a color tone close to that of an orange printed in a Pantone color sample book is formed by preparing an ink so that an image having a desired reflectance (gloss) is obtained. Are listed. Patent Document 2 discloses C.I. as an orange pigment. I. An orange ink containing Pigment Orange (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Orange”) 36 is described.
 活性光線硬化型インクが顔料を含有する場合、光重合性化合物と顔料との親和性を高めることで、インクの保存安定性を高めることができる。この観点から、顔料をアルミナで表面処理することで、光重合性化合物と顔料との親和性を高める技術が知られている。アルミナは、たとえば特許文献3や特許文献4に記載の方法によって、顔料粒子表面に付与することができる。 When the actinic ray curable ink contains a pigment, the storage stability of the ink can be increased by increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound and the pigment. From this point of view, a technique for increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound and the pigment by surface-treating the pigment with alumina is known. Alumina can be applied to the surface of the pigment particles by, for example, the methods described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4.
 また、活性光線硬化型インクが顔料を含有する場合、インクが分散剤をさらに含有することで、顔料の分散性が高まり、インクの保存安定性が高まることが知られている。たとえば、特許文献5では、活性光線硬化型インクが、重量比で顔料よりも多い量の分散剤、および分散シナジストを含有することで、分散安定性が高いと記載されている。このとき、顔料粒子に表面処理を施してスルホン酸等の酸性の吸着官能基を付与することで、分散剤と顔料との親和性を高めて、インクの保存安定性を高めることができる。 In addition, it is known that when the actinic ray curable ink contains a pigment, the ink further contains a dispersant, thereby increasing the dispersibility of the pigment and increasing the storage stability of the ink. For example, Patent Document 5 describes that actinic ray curable ink has a high dispersion stability because it contains a larger amount of dispersant and dispersion synergist than the pigment in weight ratio. At this time, by applying a surface treatment to the pigment particles to impart an acidic adsorption functional group such as sulfonic acid, the affinity between the dispersant and the pigment can be increased, and the storage stability of the ink can be increased.
 活性光線硬化型インクがゲル化剤を含有すると、記録媒体に着弾して冷却したときに、ゲル化剤の結晶化によってインクがゲル化するため、インクのピニング性が高くなり、隣り合うドットの合一が生じにくい。また、ゲル化剤を含有するインクは、低い温度でも粘度が高くなるため、形成した画像の室温での擦過性を高めることもできる。たとえば、特許文献6では、顔料および光重合性化合物を含有するインクジェットインクにオイルゲル化剤を加えることで、記録媒体状に着弾したインク液滴の固化を短時間に完遂させてドットの同一を防いでいる。特許文献7では、顔料または染料を含む放射線硬化性インクに低い温度でゲル化するゲル化剤を加えることで、堅牢性が良好な画像を形成している。 When the actinic radiation curable ink contains a gelling agent, when the ink lands on the recording medium and cools, the ink gels due to the crystallization of the gelling agent. Cohesion is unlikely to occur. In addition, since the viscosity of the ink containing the gelling agent is high even at a low temperature, it is possible to improve the scratching property of the formed image at room temperature. For example, in Patent Document 6, by adding an oil gelling agent to an inkjet ink containing a pigment and a photopolymerizable compound, solidification of ink droplets that have landed on a recording medium is completed in a short time, thereby preventing dot identity. It is out. In Patent Document 7, an image having good fastness is formed by adding a gelling agent that gels at a low temperature to a radiation curable ink containing a pigment or a dye.
米国特許第8686062号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 8,686,062 特開2014-118570号公報JP 2014-118570 A 特公昭59-34737号公報Japanese Patent Publication No.59-34737 特開2002-121411号公報JP 2002-121411 A 米国特許第8197584号明細書US Pat. No. 8,197,584 特許第4556414号公報Japanese Patent No. 4556414 特開2006-193745号公報JP 2006-193745 A
 特許文献1に記載のような、異なる複数の顔料が含有されているインクジェットインクを用いて画像を形成すると、顔料同士の比重の違いにより保存中に顔料が分離してしまい、かえって鮮明な画像が得られないことがある。この、顔料の分離による画像の不鮮明化を防ぐためには、異なる色を呈する複数の活性光線硬化型インクを記録媒体の同じ位置に着弾させ、活性光線によって着弾後短時間で硬化させることが好ましい。これらの複数の活性光線硬化型インクは、インクセットとすることができる。このとき、前記固溶体を含有する活性光線硬化型インクをインクセットが含むことで、形成される画像の色域がさらに拡大される。 When an image is formed using an inkjet ink containing a plurality of different pigments as described in Patent Document 1, the pigment is separated during storage due to the difference in specific gravity between the pigments, and a clear image is obtained. It may not be obtained. In order to prevent blurring of the image due to the separation of the pigment, it is preferable that a plurality of actinic ray curable inks having different colors are landed at the same position on the recording medium and are cured with actinic rays in a short time after landing. The plurality of actinic ray curable inks can be used as an ink set. At this time, the color gamut of the formed image is further expanded by including the actinic ray curable ink containing the solid solution in the ink set.
 ここで、ゲル化剤および顔料を含む活性光線硬化型インクは、顔料の表面処理状態によってゲル化剤の結晶化の程度が変化することがある。たとえば、ゲル化剤とスルホン酸のみによって表面処理された顔料とを含有する活性光線硬化型インクでは、顔料表面とゲル化剤との相互作用によって、ゲル化剤の結晶化が阻害され、インクのピニング性が悪化しやすい。インクのピニング性が低くなると、インクが濡れ広がりやすくなるため、本来の意図以上に画像表面の光沢性が高まり、他の顔料を有するインクとの光沢差が生じてしまう恐れがある。また、結晶化しなかったゲル化剤は、硬化した後に時間をかけてインクの表面に析出し、ブルーミングの原因になることがある。本発明者らの知見によれば、特にスルホン酸で表面処理された固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を用いた場合に、これらの光沢差の問題が生じやすい。 Here, the actinic ray curable ink containing the gelling agent and the pigment may change the degree of crystallization of the gelling agent depending on the surface treatment state of the pigment. For example, in an actinic radiation curable ink containing a gelling agent and a pigment surface-treated only with sulfonic acid, the crystallization of the gelling agent is inhibited by the interaction between the pigment surface and the gelling agent, and the ink Pinning property tends to deteriorate. If the pinning property of the ink is lowered, the ink tends to wet and spread, so that the glossiness of the image surface is increased more than originally intended, and there is a possibility that a difference in glossiness from the ink having other pigments occurs. In addition, the gelling agent that has not been crystallized may be deposited on the surface of the ink over time after being cured to cause blooming. According to the knowledge of the present inventors, particularly when a magenta pigment containing a solid solution surface-treated with sulfonic acid is used, these problems of gloss difference are likely to occur.
 これに対し、ゲル化剤の量を減らすことでアルミナとゲル化剤との会合を防ぐことはできるが、一方でゲル化剤が少ないためピニング性も高まらず、着弾時の液滴径が広がることによるドットの合一が発生してしまう。 In contrast, by reducing the amount of the gelling agent, it is possible to prevent the association between the alumina and the gelling agent, but on the other hand, since the gelling agent is small, the pinning property does not increase and the droplet diameter upon landing increases. Doing so will cause dot coalescence.
 また、Pigment Orange 36その他のオレンジ顔料を含有するオレンジインクによって形成された画像は、インクの組成によって、パントン社の色見本帳に記載のオレンジに近い色調にならなかったり、または他色のインクによって形成された画像とは光沢感が異なったりすることがある。そのため、Pantone色見本帳に記載のオレンジに近い色調を有し、かつ、他色のインクによって形成された画像により近い光沢を有する画像を形成できるようなインクに対する要望は依然として存在する。 Also, an image formed with Orange Orange containing Pigment Orange 36 or other orange pigments may not have a color tone close to orange as described in Pantone's color sample book, or with other color inks. The glossiness may be different from the formed image. For this reason, there is still a need for an ink that can form an image having a color tone close to orange described in the Pantone color sample book and having a gloss closer to that of an image formed by an ink of another color.
 上記の課題に鑑み、本発明は、パントン社の色見本帳に記載のPantone Red 032やPantone Orange 021のような、YMCK4色のインクだけでは、形成が困難であるような色領域を持つ画像の形成、及びL*a*b*色空間における赤~オレンジ領域の色域を拡大することができるマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含むインクセットの提供を目的とする。本発明における他の目的は、当該マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクが他色のインクによって形成された画像と近い光沢を有する画像を形成できるようなマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含むインクセットの提供、本発明における他の目的は、十分なピニング性及び保存安定性を有するマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含むインクセットの提供およびそのようなインクセットを用いた画像形成方法を提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above-described problems, the present invention is capable of producing an image having a color region that is difficult to form with only four colors of YMCK, such as Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 described in the Pantone color sample book. It is an object of the present invention to provide an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink that can form and expand the color gamut of the red to orange region in the L * a * b * color space. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink set including a magenta ink and an orange ink so that the magenta ink and the orange ink can form an image having a gloss close to that of an image formed by the other color ink. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink having sufficient pinning property and storage stability and to provide an image forming method using such an ink set.
 本発明は、以下のインクセットに関する。
 [1]顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、前記マゼンタインクが含有する前記顔料は、アルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理した、C.I.Pigment Violet 19とC.I.Pigment Red 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を含み、前記マゼンタ顔料中の前記アルミナの量は1500質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であり、それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1質量%以上5質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
 [2]前記マゼンタ顔料における前記C.I.Pigment Violet 19と前記C.I.Pigment Red 202との質量比率は60/40以上70/30以下であることを特徴とする、[1]に記載のインクセット。
 [3]前記マゼンタ顔料に対する前記アルミナの量は、5000質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であることを特徴とする、[1]または[2]に記載のインクセット。
 [4]顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、前記オレンジインクは、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して2.0質量%以上15.0質量%以下の、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体をさらに含有し、前記オレンジインクが含有する前記顔料は、環状構造を有し、かつ、環状構造内に塩基性部位を有するオレンジ顔料を含み、前記オレンジインクが含有する前記光重合性化合物は、前記光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上の、エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物を含み、それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1.5質量%以上3.0質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
 [5]前記エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物は、3個以上の前記エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を有するセグメントを分子内に2個以上有することを特徴とする、[4]に記載のインクセット。
 [6]さらに、イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクを含むことを特徴とする、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載のインクセット。
 [7]顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、前記マゼンタインクが含有する前記顔料は、アルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理した、C.I.Pigment Violet 19とC.I.Pigment Red 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を含み、前記マゼンタ顔料中の前記アルミナの量は1500質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であり、前記オレンジインクは、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して2.0質量%以上15.0質量%以下の、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体をさらに含有し、前記オレンジインクが含有する前記顔料は、環状構造を有し、かつ、環状構造内に塩基性部位を有するオレンジ顔料を含み、前記オレンジインクが含有する前記光重合性化合物は、前記光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上の、エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物を含み、それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1.0質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
 [8]前記オレンジインクは、C.I.Pigment Orange 36、C.I.Pigment Orange 64およびC.I.Pigment Orange 71からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の顔料を含有することを特徴とする、[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載のインクセット。
The present invention relates to the following ink set.
[1] An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein the plurality of types of inks are magenta ink and The pigment contained in the magenta ink containing orange ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I. A magenta pigment containing a solid solution with Pigment Red 202, the amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500 mass ppm to 7500 mass ppm, and the content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1 mass%. The ink set is characterized by being 5% by mass or less.
[2] The C.I. in the magenta pigment. I. Pigment Violet 19 and the C.I. I. The ink set according to [1], wherein the mass ratio to Pigment Red 202 is 60/40 or more and 70/30 or less.
[3] The ink set according to [1] or [2], wherein the amount of the alumina with respect to the magenta pigment is 5000 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less.
[4] An ink set containing a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein the plurality of types of inks are magenta ink and An orange ink, the orange ink further containing a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment in an amount of 2.0% by mass or more and 15.0% by mass or less based on a mass of the pigment contained in the ink; The pigment to be contained includes an orange pigment having a cyclic structure and a basic site in the cyclic structure, and the photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink has a total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. Each of the inks contains 30% by mass or more of a photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups. Kicking the content of the gelling agent is equal to or less than 1.5 mass% to 3.0 mass%, the ink set.
[5] The photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in total has 2 or more segments having 3 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in the molecule. The ink set according to [4].
[6] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [5], further including yellow ink, cyan ink, and black ink.
[7] An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays, wherein the plurality of types of inks are magenta ink and The pigment contained in the magenta ink containing orange ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I. A magenta pigment containing a solid solution with Pigment Red 202, wherein the amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less, and the orange ink is 2 with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink. The pigment further contains a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment in an amount of from 0.0% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and the pigment contained in the orange ink has a cyclic structure and has a basic site in the cyclic structure. The photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink contains 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in an amount of 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. The content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1.0% by mass or more. And characterized in that 5.0 wt% or less, the ink set.
[8] The orange ink is C.I. I. Pigment Orange 36, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 64 and C.I. I. The ink set according to any one of [1] to [7], which contains at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of Pigment Orange 71.
 また、本発明は、以下の画像形成方法に関する。
 [9][1]~[8]のいずれかに記載のインクセットに含まれるマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクをインクジェットヘッドのノズルから射出して記録媒体に着弾させる工程、および前記着弾した前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクに活性光線を照射して前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを硬化させる工程、を含む、画像形成方法。
The present invention also relates to the following image forming method.
[9] A step of ejecting the magenta ink and orange ink contained in the ink set according to any one of [1] to [8] from a nozzle of an inkjet head to land on a recording medium, and the landed magenta ink and And a step of irradiating the orange ink with an actinic ray to cure the magenta ink and the orange ink.
 本発明によれば、アルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理をした、Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202の固溶体を含む顔料、およびゲル化剤を含有するマゼンタインクであって、良好な保存安定性およびピニング性を有するマゼンタインクを含むインクセット、およびそのようなインクセットを用いた画像形成方法が提供される。 According to the present invention, a pigment containing a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202, which has been surface-treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, and a magenta ink containing a gelling agent, having good storage stability and pinning properties And an image forming method using such an ink set are provided.
 1.インクセット
 本発明に係るインクセットは、顔料、光重合性化合物、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含む、インクセットである。
1. Ink set The ink set according to the present invention is an ink set containing a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and cured by irradiation with actinic rays. The seed ink is an ink set including magenta ink and orange ink.
 インクセットとは、インクジェット記録装置に設置して画像を形成することができるように構成された、2以上のインクの組み合わせを意味する。インクセットの例には、複数のインクを複数のインクカートリッジにそれぞれ独立に収容したもの、または複数のインク収容部を一体的に構成して、それぞれのインク収容部に異なるインクを収容したインクカートリッジが含まれる。 The ink set means a combination of two or more inks that are configured to be installed in an ink jet recording apparatus to form an image. Examples of ink sets include an ink cartridge in which a plurality of inks are individually stored in a plurality of ink cartridges, or an ink cartridge in which a plurality of ink storage portions are integrally formed and different inks are stored in the respective ink storage portions. Is included.
 1-1.マゼンタインク
 マゼンタインクは、顔料、光重合性化合物、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化するインクである。マゼンタインクは、インクセット中に一種のみが含まれていてもよく、組成が異なる二種類以上のマゼンタインクがインクセット中に含まれていてもよい。
1-1. Magenta ink Magenta ink contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and is an ink that is cured by irradiation with actinic rays. Only one type of magenta ink may be included in the ink set, or two or more types of magenta inks having different compositions may be included in the ink set.
 1-1-1.顔料
 マゼンタインクに含まれる前記顔料は、記録媒体上に着弾し硬化したインクがマゼンタ色を呈することができる顔料であればよい。光重合性化合物や分散剤と顔料との親和性を高めて、インクの保存安定性を高める観点からは、前記顔料は、Pigment Violet 19とPigment Red 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料をアルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理してなるものを含むことが好ましい(以下、当該マゼンタ顔料を「マゼンタ顔料-A」といい、マゼンタ顔料-Aを含有するマゼンタインクを「マゼンタインク-A」ともいい、それ以外のマゼンタインクを「マゼンタインク-B」ともいう。単に「マゼンタインク」というときは、両者を包含するマゼンタインクを概念的に意味する。)。マゼンタ顔料-A中の前記アルミナの量は1500質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であることが好ましい。マゼンタインクが含有するマゼンタ顔料はマゼンタ顔料-Aであることが好ましいが、下述するようにオレンジインク等の他のインクによって色域の拡大が図られている場合は、マゼンタインク中に含まれる顔料がマゼンタ顔料-Aである必要はない。また、マゼンタインク中に含まれる顔料は一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。
1-1-1. Pigment The pigment contained in the magenta ink may be any pigment that allows the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium to exhibit a magenta color. From the viewpoint of enhancing the storage stability of the ink by increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound or dispersant and the pigment, the pigment is a magenta pigment containing a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202. It is preferable to include those obtained by surface treatment with an acid (hereinafter, the magenta pigment is referred to as “magenta pigment-A”, the magenta ink containing magenta pigment-A is also referred to as “magenta ink-A”, and others) This magenta ink is also referred to as “magenta ink-B.” “Magenta ink” simply means magenta ink that includes both. The amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment-A is preferably 1500 ppm to 7500 ppm by mass. The magenta pigment contained in the magenta ink is preferably magenta pigment-A. However, when the color gamut is expanded by another ink such as an orange ink as described below, it is contained in the magenta ink. The pigment need not be magenta pigment-A. Further, the pigment contained in the magenta ink may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds.
 前記マゼンタ顔料-Aは、本発明のインクセットに含まれるマゼンタインクを記録媒体に着弾させ硬化させてなる画像の色域を、通常のマゼンタ顔料よりも広げることができる。そのため、たとえば上記マゼンタ顔料のみで画像を形成することにより、色見本であるJapan color 2011に記載のマゼンタ色により近い色を出すことが可能となるほか、マゼンタインク-Aとオレンジインクとを含むインクセットで画像を形成することにより、Pantone Red 032により近い色を出すことも可能となる。 The magenta pigment-A can broaden the color gamut of an image formed by landing and curing the magenta ink contained in the ink set of the present invention on a recording medium as compared with a normal magenta pigment. Therefore, for example, by forming an image using only the magenta pigment, it becomes possible to produce a color closer to the magenta color described in Japan color 2011, which is a color sample, and ink containing magenta ink-A and orange ink. By forming an image as a set, it becomes possible to produce a color closer to Pantone Red 032.
 前記顔料の含有量は、得られる画像におけるマゼンタの発色を十分なものにして、かつインクの粘度をインクジェットヘッドから吐出できる程度にできる範囲であればよく、たとえば、マゼンタインクに対して0.1質量%以上20質量%以下であることが好ましく、上記観点からは0.4質量%以上10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the pigment may be in a range that can sufficiently develop the magenta color in the obtained image and that the viscosity of the ink can be ejected from the inkjet head. The content is preferably from 20% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably from 0.4% by mass to 10% by mass from the above viewpoint.
 前記固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料の市販の例には、CINQUASIA Magenta L4540、CINQUASIA Magenta D4500JおよびCINQUASIA Red K4330、BASF社製(「CINQUASIA」は同社の登録商標)、228-2120、Sun Chemical社製、Inkjet Magenta E7B、Clariant社製が含まれる。 Commercially available examples of magenta pigments containing the solid solution include CINQUASIA Magenta L4540, CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J and CINQUASIA Red K4330, manufactured by BASF (“CINQUASIA” is a registered trademark of the company), 228-2120m, Sic E7B, manufactured by Clariant, is included.
 形成される画像の色域をより広げ、特に、オレンジインクとの組みあわせによりPantone Red 032により近い色域の画像を形成する観点からは、前記顔料におけるPigment Violet 19とPigment Red 202との質量比率は、(Pigment Violet 19の質量)/(Pigment Red 202の質量)が60/40以上70/30以下であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of further expanding the color gamut of the image to be formed, and in particular, forming an image with a color gamut closer to Pantone Red 032 in combination with orange ink, the mass ratio of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 in the pigment Is preferably (Pigment Violet 19 mass) / (Pigment Red 202 mass) of 60/40 or more and 70/30 or less.
 前記質量比率を満たす前記固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料の例には、CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J、BASF社製(Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率:60/40)および228-2120、Sun Chemical社製(Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率:70/30)が含まれる。 Examples of the magenta pigment containing the solid solution satisfying the mass ratio include CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 60/40) and 228-2120, manufactured by Sun Chemical Co. (Pigment 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 70/30).
 マゼンタ顔料の表面処理は、公知の方法で行うことができる。アルミナによる表面処理は、たとえば、特許文献2もしくは特許文献3に記載の方法、または、顔料が分散された分散液にアルミナを懸濁し、懸濁液のpHを調整する方法で行うことができる。アルミナの付与量は、それぞれの方法において添加するアルミナの量を変化させることによって所望の量に調整することができる。また、スルホン酸による表面処理は、たとえば、スラリー状の顔料分散体にスルホン化剤を添加し、高温下で両者を反応させる方法によって行うことができる。スルホン酸の付与量は、添加するスルホン化剤の量を調節することによって所望の量に調整することができる。 The surface treatment of the magenta pigment can be performed by a known method. The surface treatment with alumina can be performed, for example, by the method described in Patent Document 2 or Patent Document 3, or the method of adjusting the pH of the suspension by suspending alumina in a dispersion in which a pigment is dispersed. The amount of alumina applied can be adjusted to a desired amount by changing the amount of alumina added in each method. The surface treatment with sulfonic acid can be performed, for example, by a method in which a sulfonating agent is added to a slurry-like pigment dispersion and both are reacted at a high temperature. The application amount of the sulfonic acid can be adjusted to a desired amount by adjusting the amount of the sulfonating agent to be added.
 マゼンタ顔料-A中のアルミナの量は、顔料1gに対して1500ppm以上7500ppm以下である。アルミナの付与量を1500ppm以上とすることによって、光重合性化合物および分散剤への顔料の親和性が高くなり、顔料を安定して保存することができるようになる。また、アルミナの付与量を7500ppm以下とすることによって、アルミナとゲル化剤との会合によるゲル化剤の結晶化不足を防ぎ、過剰なレベリングによる光沢の発生を抑えることができる。光重合性化合物と顔料との親和性をより高めて、マゼンタインクの保存安定性をより高める観点からは、アルミナの付与量を顔料1gに対して5000ppm以上7500ppm以下とすることが好ましい。 The amount of alumina in the magenta pigment-A is 1500 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment. By setting the applied amount of alumina to 1500 ppm or more, the affinity of the pigment to the photopolymerizable compound and the dispersant increases, and the pigment can be stably stored. Further, by setting the applied amount of alumina to 7500 ppm or less, it is possible to prevent insufficient crystallization of the gelling agent due to the association between the alumina and the gelling agent, and to suppress the occurrence of gloss due to excessive leveling. From the viewpoint of further increasing the affinity between the photopolymerizable compound and the pigment and further enhancing the storage stability of the magenta ink, the amount of alumina applied is preferably 5000 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
 マゼンタ顔料-A中のスルホン酸の量は、インクの保存安定性が十分となる範囲であればよく、たとえば、顔料1gに対して1000ppm以上1500ppm以下とすることができる。 The amount of the sulfonic acid in the magenta pigment-A may be in a range where the storage stability of the ink is sufficient, and can be, for example, 1000 ppm or more and 1500 ppm or less with respect to 1 g of the pigment.
 顔料中のアルミナおよびスルホン酸の量は、たとえば誘導結合プラズマ発光分光分析装置(ICP-AES)等で測定して得た顔料中のAl元素量およびS元素量からそれぞれ算出することができる。顔料がインク中に分散されているときは、インク中のAl元素量およびS元素量から算出した値を顔料中のアルミナおよびスルホン酸の量としてもよい。 The amount of alumina and sulfonic acid in the pigment can be calculated from the amount of Al element and the amount of S element in the pigment obtained by measuring with an inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometer (ICP-AES), for example. When the pigment is dispersed in the ink, the value calculated from the amount of Al element and the amount of S element in the ink may be used as the amount of alumina and sulfonic acid in the pigment.
 1-1-2.ゲル化剤
 ゲル化剤は、記録媒体に着弾したインクの液滴をゲル状態にして仮固定(ピニング)することができる。インクがゲル状態でピニングされると、インクの濡れ広がりが抑えられて隣り合うドットが同一しにくくなるため、より高精細な画像を形成することができる。また、インクがゲル状態になると、インク液滴中への環境中の酸素の入り込みが抑えられて酸素による硬化阻害が生じにくくなるため、高精細な画像をより高速で形成することができる。ゲル化剤は、本発明のインクセットを構成するインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。
1-1-2. Gelling agent A gelling agent can temporarily fix (pinning) ink droplets landed on a recording medium in a gel state. When the ink is pinned in a gel state, wetting and spreading of the ink is suppressed and adjacent dots are less likely to be the same, so that a higher definition image can be formed. In addition, when the ink is in a gel state, the entry of oxygen in the environment into the ink droplets is suppressed and it becomes difficult for the ink to inhibit curing, so that a high-definition image can be formed at a higher speed. Only one kind of gelling agent may be contained in the ink constituting the ink set of the present invention, or two or more kinds may be contained.
 ゲル化剤の含有量は、インクの全質量に対して1質量%以上5質量%以下である。ゲル化剤の含有量を1質量%以上とすることで、前記アルミナで表面処理されたマゼンタ顔料を含有するインクのピニング性を十分に高め、より高精細な画像を形成することができる。また、ゲル化剤の含有量を1.5質量%以上とすることで、インク保存中のインクの液状化による顔料の沈降等が生じにくくなり、インクの保存安定性をより高めることができる。ゲル化剤の含有量を5質量%以下とすることで、形成した画像の表面にゲル化剤が析出しにくくなり、画像の光沢を他のインクによる画像の光沢により近づけることができ、かつ、インクジェットヘッドからのインク射出性をより高めることができる。上記観点からは、マゼンタインク中のゲル化剤の含有量は、1.5質量%以上3質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the gelling agent is 1% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink. By setting the content of the gelling agent to 1% by mass or more, the pinning property of the ink containing the magenta pigment surface-treated with alumina can be sufficiently enhanced, and a higher definition image can be formed. Further, by setting the content of the gelling agent to 1.5% by mass or more, it becomes difficult for the pigment to settle due to liquefaction of the ink during ink storage, and the storage stability of the ink can be further improved. By setting the content of the gelling agent to 5% by mass or less, it becomes difficult for the gelling agent to deposit on the surface of the formed image, and the gloss of the image can be made closer to the gloss of the image by other ink, and Ink ejection from the inkjet head can be further enhanced. From the above viewpoint, the content of the gelling agent in the magenta ink is more preferably 1.5% by mass or more and 3% by mass or less.
 以下の観点から、ゲル化剤は、インクのゲル化温度以下の温度で、インク中で結晶化することが好ましい。ゲル化温度とは、加熱によりゾル化または液体化したインクを冷却していったときに、ゲル化剤がゾルからゲルに相転移し、インクの粘度が急変する温度をいう。具体的には、ゾル化または液体化したインクを、粘弾性測定装置(たとえば、MCR300、Physica社製)で粘度を測定しながら冷却していき、粘度が急激に上昇した温度を、そのインクのゲル化温度とすることができる。 From the following viewpoint, the gelling agent is preferably crystallized in the ink at a temperature equal to or lower than the gelation temperature of the ink. The gelation temperature refers to a temperature at which the viscosity of the ink changes suddenly when the ink sol- lated or liquefied by heating is cooled and the gelling agent undergoes phase transition from sol to gel. Specifically, the sol or liquefied ink is cooled while measuring the viscosity with a viscoelasticity measuring device (for example, MCR300, manufactured by Physica), and the temperature at which the viscosity rapidly increases is measured. The gelation temperature can be set.
 ゲル化剤がインク中で結晶化すると、板状に結晶化したゲル化剤によって形成された三次元空間に光重合性化合物が内包される構造が形成されることがある(このような構造を、以下「カードハウス構造」という。)。カードハウス構造が形成されると、液体の光重合性化合物が前記空間内に保持されるため、インク液滴がより濡れ広がりにくくなり、インクのピニング性がより高まる。インクのピニング性が高まると、記録媒体に着弾したインク液滴同士が合一しにくくなり、より高精細な画像を形成することができる。 When the gelling agent is crystallized in the ink, a structure in which the photopolymerizable compound is included in the three-dimensional space formed by the gelling agent that has been crystallized in a plate shape may be formed (such a structure). , Hereinafter referred to as "card house structure"). When the card house structure is formed, since the liquid photopolymerizable compound is held in the space, the ink droplets are less likely to spread and the pinning property of the ink is further increased. When the pinning property of the ink is increased, the ink droplets that have landed on the recording medium are less likely to coalesce, and a higher definition image can be formed.
 カードハウス構造を形成するには、インク中で溶解している光重合性化合物とゲル化剤とが相溶していることが好ましい。これに対して、インク中で溶解している光重合性化合物とゲル化剤とが相分離していると、カードハウス構造を形成しにくい場合がある。 In order to form the card house structure, it is preferable that the photopolymerizable compound dissolved in the ink and the gelling agent are compatible. On the other hand, when the photopolymerizable compound dissolved in the ink and the gelling agent are phase-separated, it may be difficult to form a card house structure.
 結晶化によるカードハウス構造の形成に好適なゲル化剤の例には、
 ジリグノセリルケトン、ジベヘニルケトン、ジステアリルケトン、ジエイコシルケトン、ジパルミチルケトン、ジラウリルケトン、ジミリスチルケトン、ミリスチルパルミチルケトンおよびパルミチルステアリルケトンを含むケトンワックス;
 ベヘニン酸ベヘニル、イコサン酸イコシル、ステアリン酸ステアリル、ステアリン酸パルミチル、パルミチン酸セチル、ミリスチン酸ミリスチル、ミリスチン酸セチル、セロチン酸ミリシル、ステアリン酸ステアリル、パルミチン酸オレイル、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、エチレングリコール脂肪酸エステルおよびポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸エステルを含むエステルワックス;
 パラフィンワックス、マイクロクリスタリンワックスおよびペトロラクタムを含む石油系ワックス;
 キャンデリラワックス、カルナウバワックス、ライスワックス、木ロウ、ホホバ油、ホホバ固体ロウおよびホホバエステルを含む植物系ワックス;
 ミツロウ、ラノリンおよび鯨ロウを含む動物系ワックス;
 モンタンワックスおよび水素化ワックスを含む鉱物系ワックス;
 硬化ヒマシ油;
 硬化ヒマシ油誘導体、モンタンワックス誘導体、パラフィンワックス誘導体、マイクロクリスタリンワックス誘導体、12-ヒドロキシステアリン酸誘導体およびポリエチレンワックス誘導体を含む変性ワックス;
 ステアリルアルコールおよびベヘニルアルコールを含む高級アルコール;
 12-ヒドロキシステアリン酸を含むヒドロキシステアリン酸;
 ラウリン酸アミド、ステアリン酸アミド、ベヘン酸アミド、オレイン酸アミド、エルカ酸アミド、リシノール酸アミドおよび12-ヒドロキシステアリン酸アミドを含む脂肪酸アミド;
 N-ステアリルステアリン酸アミドおよびN-オレイルパルミチン酸アミドを含むN-置換脂肪酸アミド;
 N,N’-エチレンビスステアリルアミド、N,N’-エチレンビス-12-ヒドロキシステアリルアミドおよびN,N’-キシリレンビスステアリルアミドを含む特殊脂肪酸アミド;
 ドデシルアミン、テトラデシルアミンおよびオクタデシルアミンを含む高級アミン;
 ショ糖ステアリン酸およびショ糖パルミチン酸を含むショ糖脂肪酸のエステル;
 ポリエチレンワックスおよびα-オレフィン無水マレイン酸共重合体ワックスを含む合成ワックス;
 ダイマー酸、ならびに
 ダイマージオールが含まれる。
Examples of gelling agents suitable for forming a card house structure by crystallization include
Ketone waxes including dilignoceryl ketone, dibehenyl ketone, distearyl ketone, dieicosyl ketone, dipalmityl ketone, dilauryl ketone, dimyristyl ketone, myristyl palmityl ketone and palmityl stearyl ketone;
Behenyl behenate, icosyl icosanoate, stearyl stearate, palmityl stearate, cetyl palmitate, myristyl myristate, cetyl myristate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, oleyl palmitate, glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, propylene glycol Ester waxes including fatty acid esters, ethylene glycol fatty acid esters and polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters;
Petroleum-based waxes including paraffin wax, microcrystalline wax and petrolactam;
Plant waxes including candelilla wax, carnauba wax, rice wax, wood wax, jojoba oil, jojoba solid wax and jojoba ester;
Animal waxes including beeswax, lanolin and whale wax;
Mineral waxes including montan wax and hydrogenated wax;
Hydrogenated castor oil;
Modified waxes including hardened castor oil derivatives, montan wax derivatives, paraffin wax derivatives, microcrystalline wax derivatives, 12-hydroxystearic acid derivatives and polyethylene wax derivatives;
Higher alcohols including stearyl alcohol and behenyl alcohol;
Hydroxystearic acid including 12-hydroxystearic acid;
Fatty acid amides including lauric acid amide, stearic acid amide, behenic acid amide, oleic acid amide, erucic acid amide, ricinoleic acid amide and 12-hydroxystearic acid amide;
N-substituted fatty acid amides including N-stearyl stearamide and N-oleyl palmitate amide;
Special fatty acid amides including N, N′-ethylenebisstearylamide, N, N′-ethylenebis-12-hydroxystearylamide and N, N′-xylylenebisstearylamide;
Higher amines including dodecylamine, tetradecylamine and octadecylamine;
Esters of sucrose fatty acids including sucrose stearic acid and sucrose palmitic acid;
Synthetic waxes including polyethylene waxes and α-olefin maleic anhydride copolymer waxes;
Dimer acid, as well as dimer diol are included.
 脂肪酸アミドの市販の例には、ニッカアマイドシリーズ、日本化成社製(「ニッカアマイド」は同社の登録商標)、ITOWAXシリーズ、伊藤製油社製、およびFATTYAMIDシリーズ、花王社製が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available fatty acid amides include the Nikka Amide series, manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd. (“Nikka Amide” is a registered trademark of the company), ITOWAX series, manufactured by Ito Oil Co., Ltd., and FATTYAMID series, manufactured by Kao Corporation.
 脂肪酸エステル化合物の市販の例には、EMALLEXシリーズ、日本エマルジョン社製 リケマールシリーズおよびポエムシリーズ、理研ビタミン社製(「リケマール」および「ポエム」はいずれも同社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available fatty acid ester compounds include the EMALLEX series, the Japan Emulsion Riquemar series and the Poem series, and Riken Vitamin Co., Ltd. ("Riquemar" and "Poem" are registered trademarks of the same company).
 ショ糖脂肪酸のエステルの市販の例には、リョートーシュガーエステルシリーズ、三菱化学フーズ社製(「リョートー」は同社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available esters of sucrose fatty acid include the Ryoto Sugar Ester series, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Foods (“Ryoto” is a registered trademark of the company).
 合成ワックスの市販の例には、UNILINシリーズ、Baker-Petrolite社製(「UNILIN」は同社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available synthetic waxes include the UNILIN series, Baker-Petrolite (“UNILIN” is a registered trademark of the company).
 ダイマージオールの市販の例には、PRIPORシリーズ、CRODA社製(「PRIPOR」は同社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available dimer diols include the PRIPOR series, manufactured by CRODA (“PRIPOR” is a registered trademark of the company).
 これらのゲル化剤のうち、よりピニング性を高める観点からは、ケトンワックス、エステルワックス、高級脂肪酸、高級アルコールおよび脂肪酸アミドが好ましく、上記観点からは、下記一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスおよび下記一般式(G2)で表されるエステルワックスがさらに好ましい。下記一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスおよび下記一般式(G2)で表されるエステルワックスは、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。また、下記一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスおよび下記一般式(G2)で表されるエステルワックスは、マゼンタインク中に、いずれか一方のみが含まれていてもよいし、双方が含まれていてもよい。 Of these gelling agents, ketone waxes, ester waxes, higher fatty acids, higher alcohols and fatty acid amides are preferable from the viewpoint of further improving pinning properties. From the above viewpoint, ketones represented by the following general formula (G1) A wax and an ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) are more preferable. The ketone wax represented by the following general formula (G1) and the ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) may contain only one kind or two or more kinds in magenta ink. Also good. In addition, the ketone wax represented by the following general formula (G1) and the ester wax represented by the following general formula (G2) may contain only one or both of them in the magenta ink. It may be.
 一般式(G1):R1-CO-R2
 一般式(G1)において、R1およびR2は、いずれも炭素数が1以上24以下である直鎖状または分岐鎖状の炭化水素基である。ただし、R1およびR2のうち、いずれか一方は、炭素数が12以上の直鎖アルキル構造を含み、好ましくは両方が、炭素数が12以上の直鎖アルキル構造を含む。結晶構造をとりやすくしてインクのピニング性を高める観点からは、R1およびR2はいずれも炭素数が1以上24以下である直鎖状の炭化水素基であり、さらに好ましくはいずれも炭素数が8以上22以下である直鎖状の炭化水素基である。
General formula (G1): R1-CO-R2
In General Formula (G1), R1 and R2 are each a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. However, one of R1 and R2 includes a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms, and preferably both include a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of easily taking a crystal structure and improving the pinning property of the ink, both R1 and R2 are linear hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably both have a carbon number. It is a linear hydrocarbon group having 8 or more and 22 or less.
 一般式(G2):R3-COO-R4
 一般式(G2)において、R3およびR4は、いずれも炭素数が1以上24以下である直鎖状または分岐鎖状の炭化水素基である。ただし、R3およびR4のうち、いずれか一方は、炭素数が12以上の直鎖アルキル構造を含み、好ましくは両方が、炭素数が12以上の直鎖アルキル構造を含む。結晶構造をとりやすくしてインクのピニング性を高める観点からは、R3およびR4はいずれも炭素数が1以上24以下である直鎖状の炭化水素基であり、さらに好ましくはいずれも炭素数が8以上22以下である直鎖状の炭化水素基である。
General formula (G2): R3-COO-R4
In General Formula (G2), R3 and R4 are each a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. However, any one of R3 and R4 includes a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms, and preferably both include a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of easily taking a crystal structure and improving the pinning property of the ink, both R3 and R4 are linear hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably both have a carbon number. It is a linear hydrocarbon group having 8 or more and 22 or less.
 炭素数が12以上である直鎖アルキル構造を含む上記一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスまたは上記一般式(G2)で表されるエステルワックスは、ゲル化剤の結晶性を高め、かつ、上記カードハウス構造において十分な空間が生じさせる。そのため、光重合性化合物が上記空間内に十分に内包されやすくなり、インクのピニング性がより高くなる。また、直鎖状または分岐鎖状の炭化水素基の炭素数が24以下であると、ゲル化剤の融点が過度に高まらないため、インクを出射するときにインクを過度に加熱する必要がない。 The ketone wax represented by the above general formula (G1) containing a linear alkyl structure having 12 or more carbon atoms or the ester wax represented by the above general formula (G2) increases the crystallinity of the gelling agent, and Sufficient space is generated in the card house structure. For this reason, the photopolymerizable compound can be easily contained in the space, and the pinning property of the ink becomes higher. Further, when the carbon number of the linear or branched hydrocarbon group is 24 or less, since the melting point of the gelling agent does not increase excessively, it is not necessary to excessively heat the ink when ejecting the ink. .
 上記一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスの例には、ジリグノセリルケトン(炭素数:23-24)、ジベヘニルケトン(炭素数:21-22)、ジステアリルケトン(炭素数:17-18)、ジエイコシルケトン(炭素数:19-20)、ジパルミチルケトン(炭素数:15-16)、ジミリスチルケトン(炭素数:13-14)、ジラウリルケトン(炭素数:11-12)、ラウリルミリスチルケトン(炭素数:11-14)、ラウリルパルミチルケトン(11-16)、ミリスチルパルミチルケトン(13-16)、ミリスチルステアリルケトン(13-18)、ミリスチルベヘニルケトン(13-22)、パルミチルステアリルケトン(15-18)、バルミチルベヘニルケトン(15-22)およびステアリルベヘニルケトン(17-22)が含まれる。なお、上記括弧内の炭素数は、カルボニル基で分断される2つの炭化水素基それぞれの炭素数を表す。 Examples of the ketone wax represented by the general formula (G1) include dilignoseryl ketone (carbon number: 23-24), dibehenyl ketone (carbon number: 21-22), distearyl ketone (carbon number: 17 -18), dieicosyl ketone (carbon number: 19-20), dipalmityl ketone (carbon number: 15-16), dimyristyl ketone (carbon number: 13-14), dilauryl ketone (carbon number: 11) -12), lauryl myristyl ketone (carbon number: 11-14), lauryl palmityl ketone (11-16), myristyl palmityl ketone (13-16), myristyl stearyl ketone (13-18), myristyl behenyl ketone (13 -22), palmityl stearyl ketone (15-18), valmityl behenyl ketone (15-22) and stearyl behenyl keto (17-22) are included. In addition, the carbon number in the said parenthesis represents the carbon number of each of the two hydrocarbon groups divided by a carbonyl group.
 一般式(G1)で表されるケトンワックスの市販の例には、18-Pentatriacontanon、Alfa Aeser社製、Hentriacontan-16-on、Alfa Aeser社製およびカオーワックスT1、花王社製が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available ketone waxes represented by the general formula (G1) include 18-Pentatria cationon, Alfa Aeser, Hentriacontan-16-on, Alfa Aeser, Kao wax T1, and Kao.
 一般式(G2)で表される脂肪酸またはエステルワックスの例には、ベヘニン酸ベヘニル(炭素数:21-22)、イコサン酸イコシル(炭素数:19-20)、ステアリン酸ステアリル(炭素数:17-18)、ステアリン酸パルミチル(炭素数:17-16)、ステアリン酸ラウリル(炭素数:17-12)、パルミチン酸セチル(炭素数:15-16)、パルミチン酸ステアリル(炭素数:15-18)、ミリスチン酸ミリスチル(炭素数:13-14)、ミリスチン酸セチル(炭素数:13-16)、ミリスチン酸オクチルドデシル(炭素数:13-20)、オレイン酸ステアリル(炭素数:17-18)、エルカ酸ステアリル(炭素数:21-18)、リノール酸ステアリル(炭素数:17-18)、オレイン酸ベヘニル(炭素数:18-22)およびリノール酸アラキジル(炭素数:17-20)が含まれる。なお、上記括弧内の炭素数は、エステル基で分断される2つの炭化水素基それぞれの炭素数を表す。 Examples of the fatty acid or ester wax represented by the general formula (G2) include behenyl behenate (carbon number: 21-22), icosyl icosanoate (carbon number: 19-20), stearyl stearate (carbon number: 17 -18), palmitic acid stearate (carbon number: 17-16), lauryl stearate (carbon number: 17-12), cetyl palmitate (carbon number: 15-16), stearyl palmitate (carbon number: 15-18) ), Myristyl myristate (carbon number: 13-14), cetyl myristate (carbon number: 13-16), octyldodecyl myristate (carbon number: 13-20), stearyl oleate (carbon number: 17-18) Stearyl erucate (carbon number: 21-18), stearyl linoleate (carbon number: 17-18), behenyl oleate (carbon) : 18-22) and linoleic acid arachidyl (carbon number: 17-20) are included. The number of carbons in the parenthesis represents the number of carbons of each of the two hydrocarbon groups that are divided by the ester group.
 一般式(G2)で表されるエステルワックスの市販の例には、ユニスターM-2222SLおよびスパームアセチ、日油社製(「ユニスター」は同社の登録商標)、エキセパールSSおよびエキセパールMY-M、花王社製(「エキセパール」は同社の登録商標)、EMALEX CC-18およびEMALEX CC-10、日本エマルジョン社製(「EMALEX」は同社の登録商標)ならびにアムレプスPC、高級アルコール工業社製(「アムレプス」は同社の登録商標)が含まれる。これらの市販品は、二種類以上の混合物であることが多いため、必要に応じて分離・精製してインクに含有させてもよい。 Examples of commercially available ester waxes represented by the general formula (G2) include UNISTAR M-2222SL and SPALM ACETI, manufactured by NOF Corporation (“Unistar” is a registered trademark of the company), EXCEPARL SS and EXCEPARL MY-M, Kao Corporation ("EXPEARL" is a registered trademark of the company), EMALEX CC-18 and EMALEX CC-10, manufactured by Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd. ("EMALEX" is a registered trademark of the company), Amreps PC, and High Alcohol Industry Co., Ltd. The company's registered trademark). Since these commercially available products are often a mixture of two or more types, they may be separated and purified as necessary and contained in the ink.
 1-1-3.光重合性化合物
 光重合性化合物は、活性光線を照射されることにより架橋または重合し、インクを硬化させる。活性光線の例には、紫外線、電子線、α線、γ線およびX線が含まれる。安全性の観点、およびかつより低いエネルギー量でも前記重合および架橋を発生させることができるという観点から、活性光線は、紫外線または電子線であることが好ましい。光重合性化合物は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。
1-1-3. Photopolymerizable Compound The photopolymerizable compound is crosslinked or polymerized by irradiation with actinic rays to cure the ink. Examples of actinic rays include ultraviolet rays, electron beams, α rays, γ rays and X rays. From the viewpoint of safety, and from the viewpoint that the polymerization and crosslinking can be generated even with a lower energy amount, the actinic rays are preferably ultraviolet rays or electron beams. Only one kind of photopolymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 光重合性化合物の含有量は、本発明の効果が得られる範囲であればよく、たとえば、マゼンタインクの全質量に対して1質量%以上97質量%以下とすることができる。上記観点からは、光重合性化合物の含有量は、マゼンタインクの全質量に対して30質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerizable compound may be in a range where the effects of the present invention can be obtained, and can be, for example, 1% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink. From the above viewpoint, the content of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 30% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink.
 光重合性化合物には、ラジカル重合性化合物およびカチオン重合性化合物が含まれる。重合および架橋を発生させやすく、かつ、形成する画像に応じて多様な化合物から選択することができるという観点からは、光重合性化合物はラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。 The photopolymerizable compound includes a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound. The photopolymerizable compound is preferably a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint that it is easy to cause polymerization and crosslinking and can be selected from various compounds according to the image to be formed.
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物である。ラジカル重合性化合物は、モノマー、重合性オリゴマー、プレポリマーあるいはこれらの混合物のいずれであってもよい。ラジカル重合性化合物は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 The radical polymerizable compound is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization. The radical polymerizable compound may be any of a monomer, a polymerizable oligomer, a prepolymer, or a mixture thereof. Only one kind of radically polymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の例には、不飽和カルボン酸とその塩、不飽和カルボン酸エステル化合物、不飽和カルボン酸ウレタン化合物、不飽和カルボン酸アミド化合物およびその無水物、アクリロニトリル、スチレン、不飽和ポリエステル、不飽和ポリエーテル、不飽和ポリアミド、不飽和ウレタン等が挙げられる。不飽和カルボン酸の例には、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸などが含まれる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization include an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a salt thereof, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid urethane compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid amide compound and an anhydride thereof, Examples include acrylonitrile, styrene, unsaturated polyester, unsaturated polyether, unsaturated polyamide, and unsaturated urethane. Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid and the like.
 なかでも、ラジカル重合性化合物は、不飽和カルボン酸エステル化合物であることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリレートであることがより好ましい。なお、本発明において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートまたはメタアクリレートを意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」は、アクリロイル基またはメタアクリロイル基を意味し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルまたはメタクリルを意味する。 Among these, the radically polymerizable compound is preferably an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester compound, and more preferably (meth) acrylate. In the present invention, “(meth) acrylate” means acrylate or methacrylate, “(meth) acryloyl group” means acryloyl group or methacryloyl group, and “(meth) acryl” means acrylic. Or methacryl.
 モノマーである(メタ)アクリレートの例には、単官能の(メタ)アクリレート、2官能の(メタ)アクリレートおよび3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of the monomer (meth) acrylate include monofunctional (meth) acrylate, bifunctional (meth) acrylate, and trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate.
 単官能の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、イソアミル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、デシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソミルスチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル-ジグリコール(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチル-フタル酸およびt-ブチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of monofunctional (meth) acrylates include isoamyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, isomustyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl-diglycol (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meta ) Acrylate, methoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxye (Meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid and t-butylcyclohexyl (meth) Acrylate is included.
 2官能の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO付加物ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレートおよびトリプロピレングリコールジアクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of bifunctional (meth) acrylates include triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, Dimethylol-tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate, PO adduct di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate hydroxypivalate, polytetramethylene glycol di ( Data) acrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate and tripropylene glycol diacrylate.
 3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンプロポキシトリ(メタ)アクリレートおよびペンタエリスリトールエトキシテトラ(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of tri- or higher functional (meth) acrylates include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane Tetra (meth) acrylate, glycerin propoxytri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol ethoxytetra (meth) acrylate are included.
 重合性オリゴマーまたはプレポリマーである(メタ)アクリレートの例には、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、脂肪族ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、芳香族ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーおよび直鎖(メタ)アクリルオリゴマー等が含まれる。 Examples of (meth) acrylates that are polymerizable oligomers or prepolymers include epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomers, aliphatic urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers, aromatic urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomers and straighteners. Chain (meth) acryl oligomers and the like are included.
 光重合性化合物は、エチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートを含むことが好ましい。エチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートは、感光性がより高い。また、エチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートは、インクが低温下でゲル化する際にカードハウス構造により内包されやすく、かつ、高温下でも他のインク成分とより相溶しやすい。さらには、エチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートは、硬化収縮が少ないため画像形成時の印刷物のカールがより生じにくい。 The photopolymerizable compound preferably contains ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate. Ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate has higher photosensitivity. Further, the ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate is easily included in the card house structure when the ink is gelled at a low temperature, and more easily compatible with other ink components even at a high temperature. Furthermore, since ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate has little curing shrinkage, curling of printed matter during image formation is less likely to occur.
 エチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートの市販の例には、CD561、SR454、SR499およびSR494、Sartomer社製、ならびにNKエステルA-400、NKエステルA-600、NKエステル9G、NKエステル14G、NKエステルDOD-N、NKエステルA-DCPおよびNKエステルDCP、新中村化学工業社製が含まれる。 Commercially available examples of ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylates include CD561, SR454, SR499 and SR494, manufactured by Sartomer, and NK Ester A-400, NK Ester A-600, NK Ester 9G, NK Ester 14G, NK Ester DOD -N, NK ester A-DCP and NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. are included.
 カチオン重合性化合物の例には、エポキシ化合物、ビニルエーテル化合物およびオキセタン化合物が含まれる。カチオン重合性化合物は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 Examples of the cationic polymerizable compound include an epoxy compound, a vinyl ether compound, and an oxetane compound. Only one kind of the cationic polymerizable compound may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 エポキシ化合物の例には、芳香族エポキシド、脂環式エポキシドおよび脂肪族エポキシドが含まれる。硬化性をより高める観点からは、芳香族エポキシドおよび脂環式エポキシドが好ましい。 Examples of epoxy compounds include aromatic epoxides, alicyclic epoxides and aliphatic epoxides. Aromatic epoxides and alicyclic epoxides are preferred from the viewpoint of further improving curability.
 芳香族エポキシドの例には、多価フェノールまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体と、エピクロルヒドリンとを反応させて得られるジまたはポリグリシジルエーテルが含まれる。上記多価フェノールまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体の例には、ビスフェノールAまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体等が含まれる。上記アルキレンオキサイド付加体におけるアルキレンオキサイドの例には、エチレンオキサイドおよびプロピレンオキサイドが含まれる。 Examples of aromatic epoxides include di- or polyglycidyl ethers obtained by reacting polyphenols or their alkylene oxide adducts with epichlorohydrin. Examples of the polyhydric phenol or its alkylene oxide adduct include bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct. Examples of the alkylene oxide in the alkylene oxide adduct include ethylene oxide and propylene oxide.
 脂環式エポキシドの例には、シクロアルカン含有化合物を過酸化水素や過酸等の酸化剤でエポキシ化して得られるシクロアルカンオキサイド含有化合物が含まれる。上記シクロアルカンの例には、シクロヘキセンおよびシクロペンテンが含まれる。 Examples of the alicyclic epoxide include a cycloalkane oxide-containing compound obtained by epoxidizing a cycloalkane-containing compound with an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid. Examples of the cycloalkane include cyclohexene and cyclopentene.
 脂肪族エポキシドの例には、脂肪族多価アルコールまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体と、エピクロルヒドリンとを反応させて得られるジまたはポリグリシジルエーテルが含まれる。上記脂肪族多価アルコールまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体の例には、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールおよび1,6-ヘキサンジオールを含むアルキレングリコールならびにそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体が含まれる。上記アルキレンオキサイド付加体におけるアルキレンオキサイドの例には、エチレンオキサイドおよびプロピレンオキサイドが含まれる。 Examples of the aliphatic epoxide include di- or polyglycidyl ether obtained by reacting an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or an alkylene oxide adduct thereof with epichlorohydrin. Examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohols or alkylene oxide adducts thereof include alkylene glycols including ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and 1,6-hexanediol, and alkylene oxide adducts thereof. Examples of the alkylene oxide in the alkylene oxide adduct include ethylene oxide and propylene oxide.
 ビニルエーテル化合物の例には、単官能のビニルエーテル化合物および2官能以上のビニルエーテル化合物が含まれる。これらのうち、インクの硬化性をより高め、または記録媒体と画像との密着性をより高める観点からは、2官能以上のビニルエーテル化合物が好ましい。 Examples of vinyl ether compounds include monofunctional vinyl ether compounds and bifunctional or higher functional vinyl ether compounds. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the curability of the ink or further improving the adhesion between the recording medium and the image, a bifunctional or higher vinyl ether compound is preferable.
 単官能のビニルエーテル化合物の例には、エチルビニルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、イソブチルビニルエーテル、オクタデシルビニルエーテル、シクロヘキシルビニルエーテル、ヒドロキシブチルビニルエーテル、2-エチルヘキシルビニルエーテル、シクロヘキサンジメタノールモノビニルエーテル、n-プロピルビニルエーテル、イソプロピルビニルエーテル、イソプロペニルエーテル-o-プロピレンカーボネート、ドデシルビニルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノビニルエーテルおよびオクタデシルビニルエーテルが含まれる。 Examples of monofunctional vinyl ether compounds include ethyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether, octadecyl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexanedimethanol monovinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, Isopropenyl ether-o-propylene carbonate, dodecyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether and octadecyl vinyl ether are included.
 2官能以上のビニルエーテル化合物の例には、エチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ブタンジオールジビニルエーテル、ヘキサンジオールジビニルエーテル、シクロヘキサンジメタノールジビニルエーテルおよびトリメチロールプロパントリビニルエーテルが含まれる。これらのビニルエーテル化合物のうち、硬化性や密着性などを考慮すると、ジまたはトリビニルエーテル化合物が好ましい。 Examples of bifunctional or higher vinyl ether compounds include ethylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, propylene glycol divinyl ether, dipropylene glycol divinyl ether, butanediol divinyl ether, hexanediol divinyl ether, cyclohexanedimethanol Divinyl ether and trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether are included. Of these vinyl ether compounds, di- or trivinyl ether compounds are preferred in view of curability and adhesion.
 オキセタン化合物の例には、特開2001-220526号公報、特開2001-310937号公報および特開2005-255821号公報に記載のオキセタン化合物が含まれる。 Examples of oxetane compounds include oxetane compounds described in JP-A Nos. 2001-220526, 2001-310937, and JP-A-2005-255821.
 1-1-4.光重合開始剤
 光重合開始剤は、前記光重合性化合物がラジカル重合性の官能基を有する化合物であるときは、光ラジカル開始剤であり、前記光重合性化合物がカチオン重合性の官能基を有する化合物であるときは、光酸発生剤である。光重合開始剤は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル開始剤と光酸発生剤の両方の組み合わせであってもよい。
1-1-4. Photopolymerization initiator The photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical initiator when the photopolymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable functional group, and the photopolymerizable compound has a cationic polymerizable functional group. When it is a compound having a photoacid generator. Only one kind of the photopolymerization initiator may be contained in the magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained. The photopolymerization initiator may be a combination of both a photo radical initiator and a photo acid generator.
 光ラジカル開始剤には、開裂型ラジカル開始剤および水素引き抜き型ラジカル開始剤が含まれる。 The photo radical initiator includes a cleavage type radical initiator and a hydrogen abstraction type radical initiator.
 開裂型ラジカル開始剤の例には、アセトフェノン系の開始剤、ベンゾイン系の開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキシド系の開始剤、ベンジルおよびメチルフェニルグリオキシエステルが含まれる。 Examples of the cleavage type radical initiator include acetophenone-based initiators, benzoin-based initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based initiators, benzyl and methylphenylglyoxyesters.
 アセトフェノン系の開始剤の例には、ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-メチル-2-モルホリノ(4-チオメチルフェニル)プロパン-1-オンおよび2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノンが含まれる。 Examples of acetophenone initiators include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, benzyldimethyl ketal, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2- Methylpropan-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenylketone, 2-methyl-2-morpholino (4-thiomethylphenyl) Propan-1-one and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone are included.
 ベンゾイン系の開始剤の例には、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテルおよびベンゾインイソプロピルエーテルが含まれる。 Examples of benzoin-based initiators include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether.
 アシルホスフィンオキシド系の開始剤の例には、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾインジフェニルホスフィンオキシドが含まれる。 Examples of the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoin diphenylphosphine oxide.
 水素引き抜き型ラジカル開始剤の例には、ベンゾフェノン系の開始剤、チオキサントン系の開始剤、アミノベンゾフェノン系の開始剤、10-ブチル-2-クロロアクリドン、2-エチルアンスラキノン、9,10-フェナンスレンキノンおよびカンファーキノンが含まれる。 Examples of hydrogen abstraction type radical initiators include benzophenone initiators, thioxanthone initiators, aminobenzophenone initiators, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 9,10- Phenanthrene quinone and camphor quinone are included.
 ベンゾフェノン系の開始剤の例には、ベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル-4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチル-ジフェニルサルファイド、アクリル化ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノンおよび3,3’-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノンが含まれる。 Examples of benzophenone-based initiators include benzophenone, methyl-4-phenylbenzophenone o-benzoylbenzoate, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl-diphenyl sulfide, acrylated benzophenone 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone and 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone.
 チオキサントン系の開始剤の例には、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントンおよび2,4-ジクロロチオキサントンが含まれる。 Examples of the thioxanthone-based initiator include 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone and 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone.
 アミノベンゾフェノン系の開始剤の例には、ミヒラーケトンおよび4,4’-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノンが含まれる。 Examples of aminobenzophenone-based initiators include Michler's ketone and 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone.
 光酸発生剤の例には、有機エレクトロニクス材料研究会編、「イメージング用有機材料」、ぶんしん出版(1993年)、187~192ページに記載の化合物が含まれる。 Examples of photoacid generators include compounds described in Organic Electronics Materials Research Group, “Organic Materials for Imaging”, Bunshin Publishing (1993), pages 187-192.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、インクが十分に硬化できる範囲であればよく、たとえば、マゼンタインクの全質量に対して0.01質量%以上10質量%以下とすることができる。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator may be in a range in which the ink can be sufficiently cured, and can be, for example, 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the magenta ink.
 1-1-5.その他の成分
 マゼンタインクは、本発明の効果が得られる範囲において、分散剤、光重合開始剤助剤および重合禁止剤を含むその他の成分をさらに含んでいてもよい。これらの成分は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。
1-1-5. Other Components The magenta ink may further contain other components including a dispersant, a photopolymerization initiator auxiliary agent, and a polymerization inhibitor as long as the effects of the present invention are obtained. Only one kind of these components may be contained in magenta ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 分散剤は、顔料および後述の光重合性化合物の双方と親和性を有する化合物であり、顔料に吸着しつつ光重合性化合物内に分散することで、顔料の分散性を高めることができる。 The dispersant is a compound having an affinity for both the pigment and the photopolymerizable compound described below, and can disperse the pigment in the photopolymerizable compound while adsorbing to the pigment, thereby enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment.
 分散剤の含有量および種類は、顔料の分散性をより高めることができる範囲であればよい。分散剤は、マゼンタインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 The content and type of the dispersant may be in a range that can further improve the dispersibility of the pigment. Only one type of dispersant may be included in the magenta ink, or two or more types of dispersants may be included.
 分散剤の含有量は、たとえば、顔料の全質量に対して20質量%以上70質量%以下とすることができる。分散剤の含有量を、顔料の全質量に対して20質量%以上とすることで、分散剤が顔料表面を被覆することにより、インク保存中の顔料同士の凝集をより生じにくくすることができる。分散剤の含有量を、顔料の全質量に対して70質量%以下とすることで、分散剤とゲル化剤との会合がより生じにくくなり、記録媒体に着弾したインクをより十分にゲル化させてピニングさせることができる。上記観点から、分散剤の含有量は、顔料の全質量に対して30質量%以上60質量%以下であることが好ましく、35質量%以上50質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the dispersing agent can be, for example, 20% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment. By setting the content of the dispersing agent to 20% by mass or more based on the total mass of the pigment, the dispersing agent coats the surface of the pigment, so that aggregation of the pigments during ink storage can be made less likely to occur. . By making the content of the dispersant 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the pigment, the association between the dispersant and the gelling agent is less likely to occur, and the ink that has landed on the recording medium is more sufficiently gelled. Can be pinned. From the above viewpoint, the content of the dispersant is preferably 30% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 35% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment.
 分散剤の例には、水酸基含有カルボン酸エステル、長鎖ポリアミノアマイドと高分子量酸エステルの塩、高分子量ポリカルボン酸の塩、長鎖ポリアミノアマイドと極性酸エステルの塩、高分子量不飽和酸エステル、高分子共重合物、変性ポリウレタン、変性ポリアクリレート、ポリエーテルエステル型アニオン系活性剤、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物塩、芳香族スルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物塩、ポリオキシエチレンアルキル燐酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、およびステアリルアミンアセテートが含まれる。 Examples of the dispersant include a hydroxyl group-containing carboxylic acid ester, a salt of a long chain polyaminoamide and a high molecular weight acid ester, a salt of a high molecular weight polycarboxylic acid, a salt of a long chain polyaminoamide and a polar acid ester, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester , Polymer copolymer, modified polyurethane, modified polyacrylate, polyether ester type anionic activator, naphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensate salt, aromatic sulfonic acid formalin condensate salt, polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene Nonylphenyl ether, and stearylamine acetate are included.
 伸張した側鎖による立体障害によって顔料間の凝集を抑制し、顔料の分散性を向上させる観点からは、分散剤は、櫛型ブロック構造を有するブロックコポリマーであることが好ましい。なお、櫛型ブロック構造を有するブロックコポリマーとは、直鎖状の主鎖を構成するモノマー由来のそれぞれの構成単位に対して、側鎖として別の種類のポリマーがグラフト重合したコポリマーをいう。 From the viewpoint of suppressing aggregation between pigments due to steric hindrance due to the extended side chain and improving the dispersibility of the pigment, the dispersant is preferably a block copolymer having a comb block structure. The block copolymer having a comb block structure refers to a copolymer obtained by graft polymerization of another type of polymer as a side chain with respect to each constituent unit derived from a monomer constituting a linear main chain.
 櫛型ブロック構造を有するブロックコポリマーの市販品の例には、BYK-2164、BYK-168、BYK N-22024、BYK JET-9150およびBYK JET-9151、ビックケミー社製(「BYK」は同社の登録商標)、EFKA 7701、EFKA 4310、EFKA 4320およびEFKA 4401、BASF社製、SOLSPERSE 24000GRおよびSOLSPERSE 39000、リュブリゾール社製(「SOLSPERSE」は同社の登録商標)ならびにアジスパーPB821およびアジスパーPB824、味の素ファインテクノ社製(「アジスパー」は味の素社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of commercially available block copolymers having a comb block structure include BYK-2164, BYK-168, BYK N-22024, BYK JET-9150 and BYK JET-9151, manufactured by BYK Chemie ("BYK" is registered by the company) Trademark), EFKA 7701, EFKA 4310, EFKA 4320 and EFKA 4401, manufactured by BASF, SOLPERSE 24000GR and SOLPERSE 39000, manufactured by Lyubrizol (“SOLSPERSE” is a registered trademark of the same company), and manufactured by Ajisper PB821 and Ajisper PB8 Fine ("Ajisper" is a registered trademark of Ajinomoto Co., Inc.).
 光重合開始剤助剤の例には、芳香族第3級アミン化合物を含む第3級アミン化合物が含まれる。芳香族第3級アミン化合物の例には、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン、N,N-ジメチル-p-トルイジン、N,N-ジメチルアミノ-p-安息香酸エチルエステル、N,N-ジメチルアミノ-p-安息香酸イソアミルエチルエステル、N,N-ジヒドロキシエチルアニリン、トリエチルアミンおよびN,N-ジメチルヘキシルアミンが含まれる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiator auxiliaries include tertiary amine compounds including aromatic tertiary amine compounds. Examples of aromatic tertiary amine compounds include N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline, N, N-dimethyl-p-toluidine, N, N-dimethylamino-p-benzoic acid ethyl ester, N, N-dimethylamino-p-benzoic acid isoamyl ethyl ester, N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline, triethylamine and N, N-dimethylhexylamine are included.
 重合禁止剤の例には、(アルキル)フェノール、ハイドロキノン、カテコール、レゾルシン、p-メトキシフェノール、t-ブチルカテコール、t-ブチルハイドロキノン、ピロガロール、1,1-ピクリルヒドラジル、フェノチアジン、p-ベンゾキノン、ニトロソベンゼン、2,5-ジ-t-ブチル-p-ベンゾキノン、ジチオベンゾイルジスルフィド、ピクリン酸、クペロン、アルミニウムN-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミン、トリ-p-ニトロフェニルメチル、N-(3-オキシアニリノ-1,3-ジメチルブチリデン)アニリンオキシド、ジブチルクレゾール、シクロヘキサノンオキシムクレゾール、グアヤコール、o-イソプロピルフェノール、ブチラルドキシム、メチルエチルケトキシムおよびシクロヘキサノンオキシムが含まれる。 Examples of polymerization inhibitors include (alkyl) phenol, hydroquinone, catechol, resorcin, p-methoxyphenol, t-butylcatechol, t-butylhydroquinone, pyrogallol, 1,1-picrylhydrazyl, phenothiazine, p-benzoquinone , Nitrosobenzene, 2,5-di-t-butyl-p-benzoquinone, dithiobenzoyl disulfide, picric acid, cuperone, aluminum N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine, tri-p-nitrophenylmethyl, N- (3-oxyanilino- 1,3-Dimethylbutylidene) aniline oxide, dibutylcresol, cyclohexanone oxime cresol, guaiacol, o-isopropylphenol, butyraloxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime and cyclohexanone oxy Beam are included.
 1-1-6.物性
 インクジェットヘッドからの射出性をより高める観点からは、マゼンタインクの80℃における粘度は3mPa・s以上20mPa・s以下であることが好ましい。また、着弾して常温に降温した際にインクを十分にゲル化させる観点からは、マゼンタインクの25℃における粘度は1000mPa・s以上であることが好ましい。
1-1-6. Physical Properties From the viewpoint of further improving the ejection properties from the inkjet head, the viscosity of the magenta ink at 80 ° C. is preferably 3 mPa · s or more and 20 mPa · s or less. Further, from the viewpoint of sufficient gelation of the ink when landed and cooled to room temperature, the viscosity of the magenta ink at 25 ° C. is preferably 1000 mPa · s or more.
 マゼンタインクのゲル化温度は、40℃以上70℃以下であることが好ましい。インクのゲル化温度が40℃以上であると、記録媒体に着弾後、インクが速やかにゲル化するため、ピニング性がより高くなる。インクのゲル化温度が70℃以下であると、インク温度が通常80℃程度であるインクジェットヘッドからのマゼンタインクの射出時にインクがゲル化しにくいため、より安定してインクを射出することができる。 The gelation temperature of the magenta ink is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 70 ° C. or lower. When the gelation temperature of the ink is 40 ° C. or higher, the ink gels quickly after landing on the recording medium, and therefore the pinning property is further improved. When the gelation temperature of the ink is 70 ° C. or lower, the ink is less likely to be gelled when the magenta ink is ejected from the inkjet head whose ink temperature is usually about 80 ° C., so that the ink can be ejected more stably.
 マゼンタインクおよび後述するオレンジインクの80℃における粘度、25℃における粘度およびゲル化温度は、レオメータにより、インクの動的粘弾性の温度変化を測定することにより求めることができる。本発明においては、これらの粘度およびゲル化温度は、以下の方法によって得られた値である。マゼンタインクを100℃に加熱し、ストレス制御型レオメータPhysica MCR301(コーンプレートの直径:75mm、コーン角:1.0°)、AntonPaar社製によって粘度を測定しながら、剪断速度11.7(1/s)、降温速度0.1℃/sの条件で20℃までインクを冷却して、粘度の温度変化曲線を得る。80℃における粘度および25℃における粘度は、粘度の温度変化曲線において80℃、25℃における粘度をそれぞれ読み取ることにより求める。ゲル化温度は、粘度の温度変化曲線において、粘度が200mPa・sとなる温度として求める。 The viscosity at 80 ° C., the viscosity at 25 ° C., and the gelation temperature of magenta ink and orange ink described later can be determined by measuring the temperature change of the dynamic viscoelasticity of the ink with a rheometer. In the present invention, these viscosity and gelation temperature are values obtained by the following method. The magenta ink was heated to 100 ° C., and the shear rate 11.7 (1/1) was measured while measuring the viscosity by a stress-controlled rheometer Physica MCR301 (cone plate diameter: 75 mm, cone angle: 1.0 °) manufactured by Anton Paar. s) The ink is cooled to 20 ° C. under a temperature drop rate of 0.1 ° C./s to obtain a temperature change curve of the viscosity. The viscosity at 80 ° C. and the viscosity at 25 ° C. are obtained by reading the viscosities at 80 ° C. and 25 ° C. in the temperature change curve of the viscosity, respectively. The gelation temperature is determined as the temperature at which the viscosity becomes 200 mPa · s in the temperature change curve of the viscosity.
 インクジェットヘッドからの射出性をより高める観点からは、マゼンタインクが含有する顔料粒子の平均粒子径は0.08μm以上0.5μm以下であり、最大粒子径は0.3μm以上10μm以下であることが好ましい。本発明における顔料粒子の平均粒子径とは、データサイザーナノZSP、Malvern社製を使用して動的光散乱法によって求めた値を意味する。なお、色材を含むインクは濃度が高く、この測定機器では光が透過しないので、インクを200倍で希釈してから測定する。測定温度は常温(25℃)とする。 From the viewpoint of further improving the ejection properties from the inkjet head, the average particle size of the pigment particles contained in the magenta ink is 0.08 μm or more and 0.5 μm or less, and the maximum particle size is 0.3 μm or more and 10 μm or less. preferable. The average particle diameter of the pigment particles in the present invention means a value obtained by a dynamic light scattering method using Data Sizer Nano ZSP, manufactured by Malvern. Note that the ink containing the color material has a high concentration and does not transmit light with this measuring instrument. Therefore, the ink is diluted 200 times before measurement. The measurement temperature is room temperature (25 ° C).
 1-2.オレンジインク
 オレンジインクは、顔料、光重合性化合物、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化するインクである。オレンジインクは、インクセット中に一種のみが含まれていてもよく、組成が異なる二種類以上のオレンジインクがインクセット中に含まれていてもよい。
1-2. Orange ink Orange ink is an ink that contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and is cured by irradiation with actinic rays. One kind of orange ink may be included in the ink set, or two or more kinds of orange inks having different compositions may be included in the ink set.
 1-2-1.顔料
 オレンジインクが含有する顔料は、記録媒体上に着弾し硬化したインクがオレンジ色を呈することができる顔料であればよい。このような顔料の例には、Pigment Orange 16、Pigment Orange 34、Pigment Orange 36、Pigment Orange 38、Pigment Orange 43、Pigment Orange 64およびPigment Orange 71が含まれる。
1-2-1. Pigment The pigment contained in the orange ink may be any pigment that allows the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium to exhibit an orange color. Examples of such pigments include Pigment Orange 16, Pigment Orange 34, Pigment Orange 36, Pigment Orange 38, Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Orange 64, and Pigment Orange 71.
 なお、他の材料との組み合わせによって、オレンジ顔料とゲル化剤との相互作用を減らし、顔料表面にゲル化剤を集積させにくくすることが可能である観点から、オレンジインクが含有する顔料は、非芳香族性の環状構造内に塩基性部位を有する顔料(以下、単に「塩基性オレンジ顔料」ともいう。)であり、かつ、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体(以下、単に「アゾ誘導体」ともいう。)を含有するオレンジ顔料を用いることが好ましい。以下、当該オレンジ顔料を「オレンジ顔料-C」、及びオレンジ顔料-Cを含有するインクを「オレンジインク-C」ともいい、それ以外のオレンジインクを「オレンジインク-D」ともいう。単に「オレンジインク」というときは、両者を包含するオレンジインクを概念的に意味する。一般的にゲル化剤、特に結晶性のゲル化剤は、温度変化に伴ってゲル化剤中の高極性の部位と低極性の部位が電子的相互作用することによって、インク中で結晶化して粘度を増大させ、インクをピニングさせることが知られている。しかし、本発明者らは、インクの組成によって、インクのピニング性能が低下したり、不安定化することがあることを見出しており、その原因は顔料などのインク中の他の成分とゲル化剤が電子的相互作用することによって、ゲル化剤の結晶化によるピニングに使われるゲル化剤の量が減少または不安定化するためではないかと推定している。そこで、オレンジ顔料-Cのような、塩基性部位を有する顔料と高い極性を有する重合性化合物を組み合わせることによって、顔料と重合性化合物が優先的に電子的相互作用し、ゲル化剤は他の化合物と相互作用していない「フリー」な状態になるものと推定している。これによって、インクのゾルゲル相転移の温度が安定化し、かつゲル化剤の含有量を必要最低限とすることができる。ゲル化剤の含有量を低減させることにより、オレンジインク-Cは、形成した画像の光沢の過剰な高まりを抑制することができる。さらに、オレンジインク-Cと高い極性を有する重合性化合物の組合せによって、顔料の分散安定性が良好となるため、顔料の保存安定性が良好であり、画像形成時においても顔料同士過度な集積が抑制でき、所望の色域の画像が形成しやすいものと考えられる。以上の理由から、本発明におけるインクセットのオレンジインクは、オレンジ顔料-Cを含有するオレンジインク-Cであることが好ましいが、上述した用にマゼンタインク等の他のインクによって色域の拡大が図られている場合は、オレンジインク中に含まれる顔料がオレンジ顔料-Cである必要はないが、良好な色域を有する画像形成の観点からは、本発明のインクセットは少なくともマゼンタ顔料-Aを含有するマゼンタインク-Aとオレンジ顔料-Cを含有するオレンジインク-Cを含むインクセットであることが、より好ましい。また、オレンジインク中に含まれる顔料は一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 From the viewpoint of reducing the interaction between the orange pigment and the gelling agent in combination with other materials and making it difficult to accumulate the gelling agent on the pigment surface, the pigment contained in the orange ink is It is a pigment having a basic site in a non-aromatic cyclic structure (hereinafter also simply referred to as “basic orange pigment”), and a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment (hereinafter simply referred to as “azo derivative”). It is preferred to use an orange pigment containing Hereinafter, the orange pigment is also referred to as “orange pigment-C”, the ink containing orange pigment-C is also referred to as “orange ink-C”, and the other orange ink is also referred to as “orange ink-D”. When simply referred to as “orange ink”, it means conceptually an orange ink including both. Generally, gelling agents, especially crystalline gelling agents, crystallize in the ink by electronic interaction between highly polar sites and low polarity sites in the gelling agent as the temperature changes. It is known to increase viscosity and pin the ink. However, the present inventors have found that the pinning performance of the ink may decrease or become unstable depending on the composition of the ink, which is caused by gelation with other components in the ink such as pigment. It is presumed that the amount of gelling agent used for pinning by crystallization of the gelling agent is reduced or destabilized by the electronic interaction of the agent. Therefore, by combining a pigment having a basic site with a polymerizable compound having a high polarity, such as Orange Pigment-C, the pigment and the polymerizable compound preferentially interact electronically, Presumed to be in a “free” state that does not interact with the compound. Thereby, the temperature of the sol-gel phase transition of the ink can be stabilized, and the content of the gelling agent can be minimized. By reducing the content of the gelling agent, the orange ink-C can suppress an excessive increase in gloss of the formed image. Furthermore, the combination of Orange Ink-C and a polymerizable compound having a high polarity improves the dispersion stability of the pigment, so that the storage stability of the pigment is good, and excessive accumulation of pigments is also possible during image formation. It can be suppressed and an image of a desired color gamut can be easily formed. For the above reasons, the orange ink of the ink set of the present invention is preferably an orange ink-C containing an orange pigment-C. However, the color gamut may be expanded by other inks such as magenta ink as described above. In the case illustrated, the pigment contained in the orange ink does not need to be the orange pigment-C. However, from the viewpoint of forming an image having a good color gamut, the ink set of the present invention has at least the magenta pigment-A. It is more preferable that the ink set includes a magenta ink-A containing an orange ink and an orange ink-C containing an orange pigment-C. Moreover, the pigment contained in orange ink may contain only 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types.
 塩基性オレンジ顔料が有する環状構造の少なくとも1つは、塩基性部位を有する非芳香族性の環状構造である。このような環状構造の例には、環状構造が炭素と水素のみからなる脂環式構造、環状構造が炭素とそれ以外の原子とを含むヘテロ環構造、および複数の前記環状構造が1つの原子を共有するスピロ環構造から選ばれる部分構造の一部に塩基性部位が含まれる構造、又は前記構造一部が塩基性部位に置換された構造が含まれる。環状構造は、芳香族性を有しないのであれば、二重結合を含んでいてもよい。 At least one of the cyclic structures of the basic orange pigment is a non-aromatic cyclic structure having a basic site. Examples of such a cyclic structure include an alicyclic structure in which the cyclic structure is composed only of carbon and hydrogen, a heterocyclic structure in which the cyclic structure includes carbon and other atoms, and a plurality of the cyclic structures having one atom. A structure in which a basic site is included in a part of a partial structure selected from spiro ring structures sharing the above, or a structure in which a part of the structure is substituted with a basic site is included. If the cyclic structure does not have aromaticity, it may contain a double bond.
 塩基性部位は、正の荷電を有し得る部位を意味する。塩基性部分の例には、第2級アミノ基、第3級アミノ基および第4級アンモニウム基を含むアミノ基、ならびにピロリジンまたはピペリジンの骨格を有する含窒素複素環基が含まれる。光重合性化合物を含むインク中の成分との反応によるインクの劣化を防ぐ観点からは、塩基性部位は第2級アミノ基および第3級アミノ基であることが好ましい。 The basic site means a site that can have a positive charge. Examples of the basic moiety include a secondary amino group, an amino group containing a tertiary amino group and a quaternary ammonium group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group having a pyrrolidine or piperidine skeleton. From the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of the ink due to the reaction with the components in the ink containing the photopolymerizable compound, the basic site is preferably a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group.
 後述するアゾ誘導体と塩基性オレンジ顔料とをよく会合させ、過剰な光沢の発生をより抑制する観点からは、塩基性オレンジ顔料は分子内に塩基性部位を2つ以上有することが好ましく、3つ以上有することがさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sufficiently associating an azo derivative described later with a basic orange pigment and further suppressing the occurrence of excessive gloss, the basic orange pigment preferably has two or more basic sites in the molecule. It is more preferable to have the above.
 塩基性オレンジ顔料の含有量は、得られる画像におけるオレンジの発色を十分なものにして、かつインクの粘度をインクジェットヘッドから吐出できる程度にできる範囲であればよい。上記観点からは、たとえば、前記顔料の含有量は、オレンジインク-Cに対して0.1質量%以上20質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.4質量%以上10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the basic orange pigment is not particularly limited as long as the orange color in the obtained image is sufficient and the viscosity of the ink can be discharged from the inkjet head. From the above viewpoint, for example, the content of the pigment is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less with respect to the orange ink-C, and is 0.4% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
 塩基性オレンジ顔料の例には、以下の(式1)で表される構造を有するPigment Orange 36、(式2)で表される構造を有するPigment Orange 64および(式3)で表される構造を有するPigment Orange 71が含まれる。Pigment Orange 36およびPigment Orange 71は分子内に塩基性部位を2つ有し、Pigment Orange 64は分子内に塩基性部位を4つ有する。 Examples of the basic orange pigment include Pigment Orange 36 having a structure represented by the following (Formula 1), Pigment Orange 64 having a structure represented by (Formula 2), and a structure represented by (Formula 3). Pigment Orange 71 is included. Pigment Orange 36 and Pigment Orange 71 have two basic sites in the molecule, and Pigment Orange 64 has four basic sites in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 1-2-2.アゾ誘導体
 アゾ誘導体は、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体である。アゾ誘導体は、スルホン酸に由来する極性の高い部分を有するため、同じく極性の高い部分を有する塩基性オレンジ顔料とよく会合できる。そのため、アゾ誘導体と塩基性オレンジ顔料とをインクが含有すると、ゲル化剤が塩基性オレンジ顔料の表面に集積することによる、インク中のゲル化剤分子の相対的な減少を、抑制することができる。そのため、アゾ誘導体と塩基性オレンジ顔料とを含有するインクによれば、光沢が高くなりすぎることがなく、かつ、Pantone色見本帳に記載のオレンジに近い色調を有する画像を形成することができるものと考えられる。
1-2-2. Azo Derivatives Azo derivatives are sulfonated derivatives of insoluble azo pigments. Since the azo derivative has a highly polar portion derived from sulfonic acid, the azo derivative can associate well with a basic orange pigment having the same highly polar portion. Therefore, when the ink contains an azo derivative and a basic orange pigment, the gelling agent accumulates on the surface of the basic orange pigment, thereby suppressing the relative decrease of the gelling agent molecules in the ink. it can. Therefore, according to the ink containing the azo derivative and the basic orange pigment, the gloss is not excessively high and an image having a color tone close to orange described in the Pantone color sample book can be formed. it is conceivable that.
 なお、溶製のアゾレーキの誘導体は、水溶席の官能基を多く有するため光重合性化合物との親和性が高く、顔料との間よりも光重合性化合物との間でより多くの会合体を形成しやすい。また、キナクリドン顔料の誘導体は、顔料表面が厚いπ電子で覆われているため、不活性であり、塩基性オレンジ顔料の塩基性基との間で会合形成が生じにくい。これらに対し、アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体は、塩基性オレンジ顔料とよく会合体を形成するため、塩基性オレンジ顔料表面へのゲル化剤の集積をより効果的に防ぐことができると考えられる。 In addition, the melted azo lake derivative has a high affinity with the photopolymerizable compound because it has many water-soluble functional groups, and more aggregates with the photopolymerizable compound than with the pigment. Easy to form. In addition, the quinacridone pigment derivative is inactive because the pigment surface is covered with thick π-electrons, and does not easily form an association with the basic group of the basic orange pigment. In contrast, sulfonated derivatives of azo pigments often form aggregates with basic orange pigments, so it is considered that the accumulation of gelling agents on the surface of basic orange pigments can be more effectively prevented.
 アゾ誘導体の含有量は、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して2質量%以上15質量%以下である。顔料の質量に対するアゾ誘導体の含有量が2質量%以上であると、塩基性オレンジ顔料とアゾ誘導体とをよく会合させることができるため、光沢が高くなりすぎることがないと考えられる。顔料の質量に対するアゾ誘導体の含有量が15質量%以下であると、アゾ誘導体が画像表面に析出することによる光沢の変化を抑制することができる。上記観点からは、アゾ誘導体の含有量は、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して5質量%以上13質量%以下であることが好ましく、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して7質量%以上12質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the azo derivative is 2% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink. If the content of the azo derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment is 2% by mass or more, the basic orange pigment and the azo derivative can be associated with each other well, so that it is considered that the gloss does not become too high. When the content of the azo derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment is 15% by mass or less, a change in gloss due to precipitation of the azo derivative on the image surface can be suppressed. From the above viewpoint, the content of the azo derivative is preferably 5% by mass or more and 13% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink, and 7% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink. More preferably, it is 12 mass% or less.
 アゾ誘導体の例には、solsperse 22000、Lubrizol社製(「solsperse」は同社の登録商標)およびBYK synagist 2105、ビックケミー社製(「BYK」は同社の登録商標)が含まれる。 Examples of azo derivatives include solsperse 22000, manufactured by Lubrizol (“solsperse” is a registered trademark of the company) and BYK synergist 2105, manufactured by BYK Chemie (“BYK” is a registered trademark of the company).
 1-2-3.光重合性化合物 1-2-3. Photopolymerizable compound
 オレンジインクが含有する光重合性化合物は、上記マゼンタインクと同様の化合物とすることができる。 The photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink.
 オレンジインク-Cは、後述する高極性光重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。オレンジインク-Cは、高極性光重合性化合物に比べて低い極性を示す光重合性化合物(以下、単に「低極性光重合性化合物」ともいう。)をさらに含んでもよい。 The orange ink-C preferably contains a highly polar photopolymerizable compound described later. The orange ink-C may further contain a photopolymerizable compound (hereinafter also simply referred to as “low-polar photopolymerizable compound”) having a lower polarity than the high-polarity photopolymerizable compound.
 オレンジインク-Cにおける、高極性光重合性化合物および低極性光重合性化合物を合計した光重合性化合物の含有量は、活性光線を照射されたインクが十分に硬化する範囲であればよく、たとえば、オレンジインク-Cの全質量に対して1質量%以上97質量%以下とすることができる。上記観点からは、光重合性化合物の含有量は、オレンジインク-Cの全質量に対して30質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerizable compound obtained by adding the high polarity photopolymerizable compound and the low polarity photopolymerizable compound in the orange ink-C may be in a range where the ink irradiated with actinic rays is sufficiently cured, for example, , And can be 1% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total mass of the orange ink-C. From the above viewpoint, the content of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 30% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the orange ink-C.
 1-2-3-1.光重合性化合物
 高極性光重合性化合物は、エチレンオキサイド基(以下、単に「EO基」ともいう。)またはプロピレンオキサイド基(以下、単に「PO基」ともいう。)を6個以上有する光重合性化合物である。高極性光重合性化合物は、オレンジインク中に、一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。
1-2-3-1. Photopolymerizable compound The highly polar photopolymerizable compound is a photopolymerization having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups (hereinafter also simply referred to as “EO groups”) or propylene oxide groups (hereinafter also simply referred to as “PO groups”). It is a sex compound. Only one kind of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound may be contained in the orange ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 6つ以上のEO基およびPO基は、連結した1つのセグメントとして存在してもよいし、2以上のセグメントに分かれて存在してもよい。ただし、アゾ誘導体の分散性をより高めて顔料表面へのゲル化剤の集積をより低減する観点からは、EO基およびPO基が2以上のセグメントに分かれて存在するときは、3個以上のEO基またはPO基を有するセグメントが分子内に2個以上あることが好ましい。 6 or more EO groups and PO groups may exist as one connected segment, or may exist in two or more segments. However, from the viewpoint of further increasing the dispersibility of the azo derivative and further reducing the accumulation of the gelling agent on the pigment surface, when the EO group and the PO group are divided into two or more segments, three or more It is preferable that there are two or more segments having an EO group or a PO group in the molecule.
 高極性光重合性化合物は、極性を有するEO基またはPO基を6個以上有し、同じく極性を有する塩基性オレンジ顔料との親和性が高いため、オレンジ顔料-Cのような塩基性オレンジ顔料を持つ顔料の分散性を高めることができると考えられる。また、同様に、高極性光重合性化合物は、極性を有する部分を含むアゾ誘導体との親和性が高いため、アゾ誘導体を有する顔料の分散性を高めることができると考えられる。そのため、高極性光重合性化合物は、アゾ誘導体を塩基性オレンジ顔料の表面近傍に存在させやすくさせ、結果としてインク中における顔料とゲル化剤との電子的相互作用を低下させることができると考えられる。顔料とゲル化剤との相互作用が減少することによって、ゲル化剤本来の機能であるゾルゲル相転移がインク中の他の化合物の影響を受けることなく進めることができるため、良好なピニング性や少ないゲル化剤であっても相転移が機能することによって光沢性が向上できるものと考えられる。 Highly polar photopolymerizable compounds have 6 or more polar EO groups or PO groups, and have a high affinity with basic orange pigments having the same polarity. Therefore, basic orange pigments such as Orange Pigment-C It is considered that the dispersibility of the pigment having the above can be improved. Similarly, since the highly polar photopolymerizable compound has a high affinity with an azo derivative containing a polar moiety, it is considered that the dispersibility of a pigment having an azo derivative can be improved. Therefore, it is considered that the highly polar photopolymerizable compound makes it easy for the azo derivative to be present in the vicinity of the surface of the basic orange pigment, and as a result, can reduce the electronic interaction between the pigment and the gelling agent in the ink. It is done. By reducing the interaction between the pigment and the gelling agent, the sol-gel phase transition, which is the original function of the gelling agent, can proceed without being affected by other compounds in the ink. Even with a small amount of gelling agent, it is considered that glossiness can be improved by the function of phase transition.
 また、本発明者らの知見によれば、高極性光重合性化合物は、インクジェットヘッドからオレンジインクを出射する温度である60℃以上でも、顔料を分散させる能力が高いため、吐出中の顔料の析出によるノズル欠を生じにくくすることができると考えられる。 Further, according to the knowledge of the present inventors, the highly polar photopolymerizable compound has a high ability to disperse the pigment even at a temperature of 60 ° C. or higher, which is the temperature at which the orange ink is emitted from the inkjet head. It is considered that nozzle missing due to deposition can be made difficult to occur.
 上記効果を十分に奏する観点から、高極性光重合性化合物の含有量は、光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上である。非極性部分を有するゲル化剤が画像形成中に析出しにくくして画像表面の光沢をより発生しにくくする観点からは、高極性光重合性化合物の含有量は、光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上80質量%以下とすることが好ましく、50質量%以上70質量%以下とすることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sufficiently achieving the above effects, the content of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. From the viewpoint of making it difficult for the gelling agent having a nonpolar part to precipitate during image formation and to make the surface of the image more glossy, the content of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound is the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is preferable to set it as 30 mass% or more and 80 mass% or less with respect to 50 mass% or more and 70 mass% or less.
 高極性光重合性化合物の市販品の例には、表1に記載の商品が含まれる。表1において、「EO基またはPO基の数」は、その銘柄で表される商品の1分子中に含まれるEO基またはPO基の数を表す。なお、表1中、「ニューフロンティア」は第一工業製薬株式会社の登録商標であり、「ファンクリル」は日立化成株式会社の登録商標である。 Examples of commercially available highly polar photopolymerizable compounds include the products listed in Table 1. In Table 1, “Number of EO groups or PO groups” represents the number of EO groups or PO groups contained in one molecule of the product represented by the brand. In Table 1, “New Frontier” is a registered trademark of Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., and “Fankrill” is a registered trademark of Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 1-2-3-2.光重合性化合物
 低極性光重合性化合物は、EO基とPO基とを合わせた数が6個未満である光重合性化合物である。
1-2-3-2. Photopolymerizable compound The low-polarity photopolymerizable compound is a photopolymerizable compound in which the total number of EO groups and PO groups is less than six.
 (メタ)アクリレートである低極性光重合性化合物の例には、単官能の(メタ)アクリレート、2官能の(メタ)アクリレートおよび3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of low-polarity photopolymerizable compounds that are (meth) acrylates include monofunctional (meth) acrylates, bifunctional (meth) acrylates, and trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylates.
 単官能の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、イソアミル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、デシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソミルスチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル-ジグリコール(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチル-フタル酸およびt-ブチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of monofunctional (meth) acrylates include isoamyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, isomustyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl-diglycol (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meta ) Acrylate, methoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxye (Meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid and t-butylcyclohexyl (meth) Acrylate is included.
 2官能の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO付加物ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレートおよびトリプロピレングリコールジアクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of bifunctional (meth) acrylates include triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, Dimethylol-tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate, PO adduct di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate hydroxypivalate, polytetramethylene glycol di ( Data) acrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate and tripropylene glycol diacrylate.
 3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレートの例には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンプロポキシトリ(メタ)アクリレートおよびペンタエリスリトールエトキシテトラ(メタ)アクリレートが含まれる。 Examples of tri- or higher functional (meth) acrylates include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane Tetra (meth) acrylate, glycerin propoxytri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol ethoxytetra (meth) acrylate are included.
 画像形成時の光重合性化合物とゲル化剤との相分離をより生じにくくし、画像表面に光沢がより発生しにくくする観点からは、低極性光重合性化合物はEO基、PO基その他の極性がある構造を有していることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of making the phase separation between the photopolymerizable compound and the gelling agent less difficult during image formation and making the surface of the image less glossy, the low-polarity photopolymerizable compound has an EO group, a PO group, and the like. It is preferable to have a polar structure.
 極性がある構造を有する低極性光重合性化合物の例には、表2に記載の商品が含まれる。表2において、「EO基またはPO基の数」は、その銘柄で表される商品の1分子中に含まれるEO基またはPO基の数を表す。なお、表1中、「アロニックス」は東亞合成株式会社の登録商標であり、「ミラマー」は美源スペシャリティケミカル株式会社の登録商標である。 Examples of low-polarity photopolymerizable compounds having a polar structure include the products listed in Table 2. In Table 2, “Number of EO groups or PO groups” represents the number of EO groups or PO groups contained in one molecule of the product represented by the brand. In Table 1, “Aronix” is a registered trademark of Toagosei Co., Ltd., and “Miramar” is a registered trademark of Bigen Specialty Chemical Co., Ltd.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 1-2-4.その他の成分
 オレンジインクが含有する分散剤、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤は、上記マゼンタインクと同様の化合物とすることができる。インク同士の親和性をより高め、より高精細な画像を形成する観点からは、オレンジインクは、光重合性化合物、分散剤、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤として、マゼンタインクと同じ化合物を含有することが好ましい。なお、オレンジインクが含有するゲル化剤の量は、インクの全質量に対して1.0質量%以上10.0質量%以下とすることができる。ゲル化剤の含有量を1.0質量%以上とすることで、インクのピニング性を十分に高め、より高精細な画像を形成することができ、かつ、インクの濡れ広がりを少なくして、画像の光沢を他のインクによる画像の光沢により近づけることができる。また、インクのピニング性を高めることで、特に吸水性の基材に画像を形成したときに、インクが基材の内部に入り込むことによる発色不足を生じにくくすることができ、所望の色域の画像を形成しやすくなる。ゲル化剤の含有量を10.0質量%以下とすることで、形成した画像の表面にゲル化剤が析出しにくくなり、画像の光沢を他のインクによる画像の光沢により近づけることができ、かつ、インクジェットヘッドからのインク射出性をより高めることができる。上記観点からは、オレンジインク中のゲル化剤の含有量は、1.0質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、2.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることがより好ましく、2.5質量%以上4.0質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
1-2-4. Other Components The dispersant, gelling agent, and photopolymerization initiator contained in the orange ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink. Orange ink contains the same compound as magenta ink as a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent and a photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of increasing the affinity between inks and forming a higher definition image. It is preferable to do. The amount of the gelling agent contained in the orange ink can be 1.0% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the ink. By setting the content of the gelling agent to 1.0% by mass or more, the pinning property of the ink can be sufficiently increased, a higher definition image can be formed, and the wetting and spreading of the ink can be reduced. The gloss of the image can be made closer to the gloss of the image with other ink. In addition, by enhancing the pinning properties of the ink, it is possible to reduce the occurrence of color shortage due to the ink entering the inside of the base material, particularly when an image is formed on the water-absorbing base material. It becomes easy to form an image. By making the content of the gelling agent 10.0% by mass or less, it becomes difficult for the gelling agent to deposit on the surface of the formed image, and the gloss of the image can be made closer to the gloss of the image by other ink, In addition, the ink ejectability from the ink jet head can be further enhanced. From the above viewpoint, the content of the gelling agent in the orange ink is preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less, and 2.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is 2.5 mass% or more and 4.0 mass% or less.
 インクジェットヘッドからの射出性をより高め、かつ着弾後のマゼンタインクとの混和性を高める観点からは、オレンジインクの80℃における粘度は8.0mPa・s以上9.5mPa・s以下であることが好ましい。上記観点からは、オレンジインクの80℃における粘度は8.5mPa・s以上9.0mPa・s以下であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of further improving the ejection properties from the inkjet head and improving the miscibility with the magenta ink after landing, the viscosity of the orange ink at 80 ° C. is 8.0 mPa · s or more and 9.5 mPa · s or less. preferable. From the above viewpoint, the viscosity of the orange ink at 80 ° C. is more preferably 8.5 mPa · s or more and 9.0 mPa · s or less.
 インクジェットヘッドからの射出性をより高める観点からは、オレンジインクが含有する顔料粒子の平均粒子径は0.13μm以上0.22μm以下であることが好ましい。上記観点からは、オレンジインクが含有する顔料粒子の平均粒子径は0.14μm以上0.16μm以下であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of further improving the ejection properties from the inkjet head, the average particle size of the pigment particles contained in the orange ink is preferably 0.13 μm or more and 0.22 μm or less. From the above viewpoint, the average particle diameter of the pigment particles contained in the orange ink is preferably 0.14 μm or more and 0.16 μm or less.
 オレンジインクのその他の物性については、上述したマゼンタインクと同じ範囲であることが、マゼンタインクと同様の理由により、好ましい。 The other physical properties of the orange ink are preferably in the same range as the magenta ink described above for the same reason as the magenta ink.
 1-3.マゼンタインクとオレンジインクとの組み合わせ
 本発明におけるインクセットは、少なくともマゼンタインク-Aかオレンジインク-Cを含有している。即ち、良好な色域、特にPantone Red 032のような赤色領域の色域拡大をマゼンタインク-A、又はオレンジインク-Cによって達成されていればよく、本発明のインクセットがマゼンタインク-Aを含む場合、オレンジインクはオレンジインク-C、オレンジインク-Dのいずれでもよく、本発明のインクセットがオレンジインク-Cを含む場合、マゼンタインクはマゼンタインク-A、マゼンタインク-Bのいずれでも良い。また、良好なピニング性、や良好な光沢性を有する画像形成の観点からは、本発明のインクセットはマゼンタインク-Aとオレンジインク-Cを含むインクセットであることがより好ましい。
1-3. Combination of Magenta Ink and Orange Ink The ink set of the present invention contains at least magenta ink-A or orange ink-C. That is, it is sufficient that the color gamut expansion in a good color gamut, particularly in the red color region such as Pantone Red 032, is achieved by magenta ink-A or orange ink-C. When it is included, the orange ink may be either orange ink-C or orange ink-D. When the ink set of the present invention includes orange ink-C, the magenta ink may be either magenta ink-A or magenta ink-B. . Further, from the viewpoint of image formation with good pinning properties and good glossiness, the ink set of the present invention is more preferably an ink set containing magenta ink-A and orange ink-C.
 1-4.その他のインク
 インクセットは、上記マゼンタインクまたはオレンジインク以外の、顔料、光重合性化合物、分散剤、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化するインク(以下、単に「他のインク」ともいう。)をさらに含んでいてもよい。たとえば、インクセットがイエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクをさらに含むことで、フルカラーの画像を形成することが可能となる。
1-4. Other inks An ink set contains a pigment, a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator other than the magenta ink or orange ink, and is cured by irradiation with actinic rays (hereinafter simply referred to as an ink set) (It is also referred to as “other ink”.). For example, when the ink set further includes yellow ink, cyan ink, and black ink, a full-color image can be formed.
 上記イエローインクが含有する顔料は、記録媒体上に着弾し硬化したインクがイエロー色を呈することができる顔料であればよい。このような顔料の例には、C.I.Pigment Yellow(以下、単に「Pigment Yellow」ともいう。) 1、Pigment Yellow 3、Pigment Yellow 12、Pigment Yellow 13、Pigment Yellow 14、Pigment Yellow 17、Pigment Yellow 34、Pigment Yellow 35、Pigment Yellow 37、Pigment Yellow 55、Pigment Yellow 74、Pigment Yellow 81、Pigment Yellow 83、Pigment Yellow 93、Pigment Yellow 94、Pigment Yellow 95、Pigment Yellow 97、Pigment Yellow 108、Pigment Yellow 109、Pigment Yellow 110、Pigment Yellow 137、Pigment Yellow 138、Pigment Yellow 139、Pigment Yellow 153、Pigment Yellow 154、Pigment Yellow 155、Pigment Yellow 157、Pigment Yellow 166、Pigment Yellow 167、Pigment Yellow 168、Pigment Yellow 180、Pigment Yellow 185およびPigment Yellow 193が含まれる。これらの顔料は、イエローインク中に一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 The pigment contained in the yellow ink may be any pigment that can be yellowed on the ink that has landed and cured on the recording medium. Examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Yellow”) 1, Pigment Yellow 3, Pigment Yellow 12, Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Yellow 37, Pigment Yig 34 55, Pigment Yellow 74, Pigment Yellow 81, Pigment Yellow 83, Pigment Yellow 93, Pigment Yellow 94, Pigment Yellow 95, Pigment Yellow 97, P gment Yellow 108, Pigment Yellow 109, Pigment Yellow 110, Pigment Yellow 137, Pigment Yellow 138, Pigment Yellow 139, Pigment Yellow 153, Pigment Yellow 154, Pigment Yellow 155, Pigment Yellow 157, Pigment Yellow 166, Pigment Yellow 167, Pigment Yellow 168, Pigment Yellow 180, Pigment Yellow 185, and Pigment Yellow 193 are included. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the yellow ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 上記シアンインクが含有する顔料は、記録媒体上に着弾し硬化したインクがシアン色を呈することができる顔料であればよい。このような顔料の例には、C.I.Pigment Blue(以下、単に「Pigment Blue」ともいう。) 1、Pigment Blue 15、Pigment Blue 15:1、Pigment Blue 15:2、Pigment Blue 15:3、Pigment Blue 15:4、Pigment Blue 15:6、Pigment Blue 16、Pigment Blue 17-1、Pigment Blue 22、Pigment Blue 27、Pigment Blue 28、Pigment Blue 29、Pigment Blue 36およびPigment Blue 60が含まれる。これらの顔料は、シアンインク中に一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 The pigment contained in the cyan ink may be any pigment that can give a cyan color when the ink landed on the recording medium and cured. Examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Blue”) 1, Pigment Blue 15, Pigment Blue 15: 1, Pigment Blue 15: 2, Pigment Blue 15: 3, Pigment 15: 4, Blue 15: 4 Includes Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 17-1, Pigment Blue 22, Pigment Blue 27, Pigment Blue 28, Pigment Blue 29, Pigment Blue 36, and Pigment Blue 60. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the cyan ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 上記ブラックインクが含有する顔料は、記録媒体上に着弾し硬化したインクがブラック色を呈することができる顔料であればよい。このような顔料の例には、C.I.Pigment Black(以下、単に「Pigment Black」ともいう。) 7(カーボンブラック)、Pigment Black 28およびPigment Black 26が含まれる。これらの顔料は、ブラックインク中に一種のみが含まれていてもよく、二種類以上が含まれていてもよい。 The pigment contained in the black ink is not particularly limited as long as the ink that has landed on the recording medium and cured can exhibit a black color. Examples of such pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Black (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “Pigment Black”) 7 (carbon black), Pigment Black 28, and Pigment Black 26 are included. Only one kind of these pigments may be contained in the black ink, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained.
 他のインクが含有する光重合性化合物、分散剤、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤は、上記マゼンタインクと同様の化合物とすることができる。インク同士の親和性をより高め、より高精細な画像を形成する観点からは、他のインクは、光重合性化合物、分散剤、ゲル化剤および光重合開始剤として、マゼンタインクと同じ化合物を含有することが好ましい。より高精細な画像を形成し、画像の光沢を他のインクによる画像の光沢により近づけ、かつ、インクジェットヘッドからのインク射出性をより高める観点から、他のインク中のゲル化剤の含有量は、インクの全質量に対して1.5質量%以上3.0質量%以下である。上記観点からは、他のインク中のゲル化剤の含有量は、2.0質量%以上2.5質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The photopolymerizable compound, the dispersant, the gelling agent, and the photopolymerization initiator contained in the other ink can be the same compound as the magenta ink. From the viewpoint of increasing the affinity between the inks and forming a higher-definition image, other inks use the same compound as magenta ink as a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant, a gelling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator. It is preferable to contain. From the viewpoint of forming a higher-definition image, bringing the gloss of the image closer to the gloss of the image by other ink, and further improving the ink ejection properties from the inkjet head, the content of the gelling agent in the other ink is , And 1.5 mass% or more and 3.0 mass% or less with respect to the total mass of the ink. From the above viewpoint, the content of the gelling agent in the other ink is preferably 2.0% by mass or more and 2.5% by mass or less.
 1-5.インクの調製
 上記マゼンタインク、オレンジインクおよび他のインクは、前述の顔料、分散剤、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤と、任意の各成分とを、加熱下において混合することにより得ることができる。得られた混合液を所定のフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。このとき、顔料および分散剤が溶媒中に分散された顔料分散体をあらかじめ調製しておき、これに残りの成分を添加して加熱しながら混合してもよい。
1-5. Preparation of ink The above magenta ink, orange ink and other inks are prepared by mixing the above-described pigment, dispersant, gelling agent, photopolymerizable compound and photopolymerization initiator with any of the components under heating. Can be obtained. It is preferable to filter the obtained liquid mixture with a predetermined filter. At this time, a pigment dispersion in which a pigment and a dispersant are dispersed in a solvent may be prepared in advance, and the remaining components may be added thereto and mixed while heating.
 顔料および分散剤の分散は、たとえば、ボールミル、サンドミル、アトライター、ロールミル、アジテータ、ヘンシェルミキサ、コロイドミル、超音波ホモジナイザー、パールミル、湿式ジェットミル、およびペイントシェーカーにより行うことができる。 The pigment and the dispersant can be dispersed by, for example, a ball mill, a sand mill, an attritor, a roll mill, an agitator, a Henschel mixer, a colloid mill, an ultrasonic homogenizer, a pearl mill, a wet jet mill, and a paint shaker.
 2.画像形成方法
 本発明の画像形成方法は、前述したインクセットに含まれる前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを用いる以外は、マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクをインクジェットヘッドから吐出して記録媒体に着弾させ、硬化させる公知の画像形成方法と同様に行い得る。
2. Image Forming Method The image forming method of the present invention is known in that the magenta ink and orange ink are ejected from an inkjet head and landed on a recording medium and cured, except that the magenta ink and orange ink included in the ink set described above are used. The image forming method can be performed in the same manner.
 たとえば、本発明の画像形成方法は、上記インクセットに含まれるマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクをインクジェットヘッドのノズルから射出して記録媒体に着弾させる第1の工程、および前記着弾した前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクに活性光線を照射して前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを硬化させる第2の工程、を含む。 For example, the image forming method of the present invention includes a first step of ejecting magenta ink and orange ink included in the ink set from a nozzle of an inkjet head and landing on a recording medium, and the landed magenta ink and orange ink. And a second step of curing the magenta ink and the orange ink by irradiating with an actinic ray.
 2-1.第1の工程
 第1の工程では、マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクの液滴をインクジェットヘッドから吐出して、記録媒体の、形成すべき画像に応じた位置に着弾させる。たとえば、オレンジとマゼンタの中間色を形成する位置には、オレンジインクおよびマゼンタインクの両方を着弾させる。オレンジインクとマゼンタインクは、いずれが先に吐出されてもよい。
2-1. First Step In the first step, magenta ink and orange ink droplets are ejected from an inkjet head and landed on a position corresponding to an image to be formed on a recording medium. For example, both orange ink and magenta ink are landed at a position where an intermediate color of orange and magenta is formed. Either orange ink or magenta ink may be ejected first.
 インクジェットヘッドからの吐出方式は、オンデマンド方式およびコンティニュアス方式のいずれでもよい。オンデマンド方式のインクジェットヘッドは、シングルキャビティー型、ダブルキャビティー型、ベンダー型、ピストン型、シェアーモード型およびシェアードウォール型等の電気-機械変換方式、ならびにサーマルインクジェット型およびバブルジェット(バブルジェットはキヤノン社の登録商標)型等の電気-熱変換方式等のいずれでもよい。 The ejection method from the inkjet head may be either an on-demand method or a continuous method. On-demand inkjet heads include electro-mechanical conversion methods such as single cavity type, double cavity type, bender type, piston type, shear mode type and shared wall type, as well as thermal inkjet type and bubble jet. Any of electric-thermal conversion methods such as Canon Inc. registered trademark) may be used.
 インクの液滴は、加熱した状態でインクジェットヘッドから吐出することで、吐出安定性を高めることができる。吐出される際のインクの温度は、35℃以上100℃以下であるが好ましく、吐出安定性をより高めるためには、35℃以上80℃以下であることがより好ましい。特には、インクの粘度が7mPa・s以上15mPa・s以下、より好ましくは8mPa・s以上13mPa・s以下となるようなインク温度において出射を行うことが好ましい。 Ink droplets can be ejected from an inkjet head in a heated state to improve ejection stability. The temperature of the ink when ejected is preferably 35 ° C. or more and 100 ° C. or less, and more preferably 35 ° C. or more and 80 ° C. or less in order to further improve the ejection stability. In particular, the emission is preferably performed at an ink temperature such that the viscosity of the ink is 7 mPa · s or more and 15 mPa · s or less, more preferably 8 mPa · s or more and 13 mPa · s or less.
 ゾルゲル相転移型のインクは、吐出用記録ヘッドからのインクの射出性を高めるために、吐出用記録ヘッドに充填されたときのインクの温度が、当該インクの(ゲル化温度+10)℃~(ゲル化温度+30)℃に設定されることが好ましい。吐出用記録ヘッド内のインクの温度が、(ゲル化温度+10)℃未満であると、吐出用記録ヘッド内もしくはノズル表面でインクがゲル化して、インクの射出性が低下しやすい。一方、吐出用記録ヘッド内のインクの温度が(ゲル化温度+30)℃を超えると、インクが高温になりすぎるため、インク成分が劣化することがある。 The sol-gel phase transition type ink has an ink temperature of (gelation temperature + 10) ° C. to (increase temperature) of the ink when filled in the ejection recording head in order to improve the ejection property of the ink from the ejection recording head. The gelling temperature is preferably set to +30) ° C. When the temperature of the ink in the ejection recording head is less than (gelation temperature + 10) ° C., the ink is gelled in the ejection recording head or on the nozzle surface, and the ink ejection property is likely to deteriorate. On the other hand, when the temperature of the ink in the ejection recording head exceeds (gelation temperature + 30) ° C., the ink becomes too high, and the ink component may deteriorate.
 インクを所定の温度に加熱する方法は特に制限されない。たとえば、ヘッドキャリッジを構成するインクタンク、供給パイプおよびヘッド直前の前室インクタンク等のインク供給系、フィルター付き配管ならびにピエゾヘッド等の少なくともいずれかを、パネルヒーター、リボンヒーターおよび保温水等のうちいずれかによって所定の温度に加熱することができる。 The method for heating the ink to a predetermined temperature is not particularly limited. For example, at least one of an ink tank constituting the head carriage, an ink supply system such as a supply pipe and an anterior chamber ink tank just before the head, a pipe with a filter, a piezo head, etc., is used among a panel heater, a ribbon heater, and warm water Either can be heated to a predetermined temperature.
 吐出される際のインクの液滴量は、記録速度および画質の面から、2pL以上20pL以下であることが好ましい。 The amount of ink droplets when ejected is preferably 2 pL or more and 20 pL or less from the viewpoint of recording speed and image quality.
 2-2.第2の工程
 第2の工程では、第2の工程で着弾させたマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクに活性エネルギー線を照射して、これらのインクが硬化してなる画像を形成する。活性エネルギー線は、インク着弾後0.001秒以上1.0秒以下の間に照射されることが好ましく、高精細な画像を形成するためには、0.001秒以上0.5秒以下の間に照射されることがより好ましい。
2-2. Second Step In the second step, the magenta ink and orange ink landed in the second step are irradiated with active energy rays to form an image formed by curing these inks. The active energy ray is preferably irradiated for 0.001 second or more and 1.0 second or less after ink landing. In order to form a high-definition image, 0.001 second or more and 0.5 second or less. It is more preferable to irradiate in between.
 インクに照射する活性エネルギー線は、たとえば、電子線、紫外線、α線、γ線、およびエックス線等から選択することができるが、これらのうち紫外線を照射することが好ましい。紫外線は、たとえば、395nm、水冷LED、Phoseon Technology社製 によって照射することができる。LEDを光源とすることで、光源の輻射熱によってインクが溶けることによる、インクの硬化不良の発生を抑制することができる。 The active energy ray applied to the ink can be selected from, for example, an electron beam, an ultraviolet ray, an α ray, a γ ray, an X-ray, etc. Among them, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet ray. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by, for example, 395 nm, a water-cooled LED, manufactured by Phoseon Technology. By using the LED as the light source, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of poor curing of the ink due to the melting of the ink by the radiant heat of the light source.
 LED光源は、370nm以上410nm以下の波長を有する紫外線の画像表面におけるピーク照度が0.5W/cm以上10W/cm以下となるように設置され、1W/cm以上5W/cm以下となるように設置することがより好ましい。輻射熱がインクに照射されることを抑制する観点からは、画像に照射される光量は350mJ/cm未満であることが好ましい。 The LED light source is installed so that the peak illuminance on the image surface of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm to 410 nm is 0.5 W / cm 2 to 10 W / cm 2 and is 1 W / cm 2 to 5 W / cm 2. It is more preferable to install so that it becomes. From the viewpoint of suppressing the radiant heat from being applied to the ink, the amount of light applied to the image is preferably less than 350 mJ / cm 2 .
 また、活性エネルギー線の照射を2段階に分け、まずインクが着弾した後0.001秒以上2.0秒以下の間に前述の方法で活性エネルギー線を照射してインクを仮硬化させ、全印字終了後にさらに活性エネルギー線を照射してインクを本硬化させてもよい。活性エネルギー線の照射を2段階に分けることで、インク硬化の際に起こる記録材料の収縮がより生じにくくなる。 In addition, the irradiation of active energy rays is divided into two stages. First, after the ink has landed, the active energy rays are irradiated by the above-described method between 0.001 second and 2.0 seconds to temporarily cure the ink. After the printing, the ink may be further cured by irradiating an active energy ray. By dividing the irradiation of the active energy ray into two stages, the shrinkage of the recording material that occurs during ink curing is less likely to occur.
 本発明の画像形成方法では、記録媒体上に着弾したインクに活性エネルギー線を照射して硬化した後の総インク膜厚を、2μm以上20μm以下であるようにすると、記録媒体のカールおよび皺の発生ならびに記録媒体の質感変化等をより効率的に防ぐことができる。なお、「総インク膜厚」とは、記録媒体上に塗布または印字されたすべてのインクの膜厚の合計値、またはインクの着弾量が多い吐見込まれる複数の地点で測定した前記膜厚の平均値を意味する。 In the image forming method of the present invention, when the total ink film thickness after irradiating the ink landed on the recording medium with an active energy ray and being cured is 2 μm or more and 20 μm or less, the curling and wrinkle of the recording medium Occurrence and change in texture of the recording medium can be prevented more efficiently. The “total ink film thickness” is the total value of the film thicknesses of all inks applied or printed on the recording medium, or the film thickness measured at a plurality of points where the ink landing amount is expected to be large. Mean value.
 [記録媒体]
 本発明の画像形成方法に用いる記録媒体は、前記インクセットで画像が形成されればよく、たとえば、ポリエステル、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリエチレン、ポリウレタン、ポリプロピレン、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン共重合体、ポリエチレンテレフタレートおよびポリブタジエンテレフタレート等のプラスチックで構成される非吸収性の記録媒体(プラスチック基材)、金属類およびガラス等の非吸収性の無機記録媒体、ならびに吸収性の紙類(たとえば、印刷用コート紙および印刷用コート紙B)とすることができる。
[recoding media]
The recording medium used in the image forming method of the present invention is only required to form an image with the ink set. For example, polyester, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polyurethane, polypropylene, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene Non-absorbent recording media (plastic base) composed of plastics such as copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate and polybutadiene terephthalate, non-absorbing inorganic recording media such as metals and glass, and absorbent papers (for example, , Coated paper for printing and coated paper for printing B).
 以下において、実施例を参照して本発明をより詳細に説明するが、これらの記載によって本発明の範囲は限定して解釈されない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the scope of the present invention is not construed as being limited by these descriptions.
 [実施例1]
 1-1.マゼンタインク
 1-1-1.マゼンタ顔料の表面処理
 Pigment Violet 19とPigment Red 202の固溶体である以下の未処理のマゼンタ顔料(以下、「処理前のマゼンタ顔料」ともいう。)をアルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理した。
[Example 1]
1-1. Magenta ink 1-1-1. Surface Treatment of Magenta Pigment The following untreated magenta pigment (hereinafter also referred to as “magenta pigment before treatment”), which is a solid solution of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202, was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid.
 [処理前のマゼンタ顔料]
 CINQUASIA Magenta L4540、BASF社製 (Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率: 50/50)
 CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J、BASF社製  (Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率: 60/40)
 228-2120、Sun chemical社製 (Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率: 70/30)
 Cinquasia Red K4330、BASF社製 (Pigment Violet 19/Pigment Red 202比率: 80/20)
[Magenta pigment before treatment]
CINQUASIA Magenta L4540, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 50/50)
CINQUASIA Magenta D4500J, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 60/40)
228-2120, manufactured by Sun Chemical (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 70/30)
Cinquasia Red K4330, manufactured by BASF (Pigment Violet 19 / Pigment Red 202 ratio: 80/20)
 1.0kgの処理前のマゼンタ顔料(L4540、BASF社製)を水に投入して撹拌・分散した水溶液に、水酸化ナトリウムNaOH水溶液を加えてpHを10に調整した。この水溶液に、顔料100部に対して水酸化アルミニウム(Al(OH))換算で0.5部になる量のアルミン酸ナトリウム(和光純薬工業社製)の水溶液を添加して撹拌混合した後、さらに撹拌しながら酢酸水溶液を加えてpHを6に調整した。PHが6になった後すぐに水溶液をろ過し、得られた固体分を水洗および乾燥してアルミナ処理されたマゼンタ顔料の粉末を得た。ICP-AES(誘導結合プラズマ発光分析分光装置(装置名)、SIIナノテクノロジー社製)で測定された、この顔料の粉末に含まれるAl元素量から、5000ppmのアルミナがマゼンタ顔料粉末に付与されていることが算出された。 To an aqueous solution in which 1.0 kg of magenta pigment (L4540, manufactured by BASF) before treatment was added to water and stirred and dispersed, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 10. To this aqueous solution, an aqueous solution of sodium aluminate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in an amount of 0.5 parts in terms of aluminum hydroxide (Al (OH) 3 ) was added to 100 parts of the pigment and mixed with stirring. Thereafter, the pH was adjusted to 6 by adding an aqueous acetic acid solution with further stirring. Immediately after the pH reached 6, the aqueous solution was filtered, and the resulting solid was washed with water and dried to obtain an alumina-treated magenta pigment powder. Based on the amount of Al element contained in the pigment powder measured by ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer (device name), manufactured by SII Nanotechnology), 5000 ppm of alumina was applied to the magenta pigment powder. It was calculated that
 上記調製したアルミナ処理されたマゼンタ顔料を溶剤である2-ピロリドンの中に分散させた。分散液を真空脱気できる容器に移し、アスピレーターで50Torr(6.67Pa)以下に減圧しながら100~120℃に加温し、系内に含まれる水分をできるだけ留却したのち、液温を55℃に制御した。この分散液に、マゼンタ顔料100部に対して0.15部になる量の、スルホン化剤である三酸化硫黄(無水硫酸、日本曹達社製)を添加し、2~3時間撹拌した。これをろ過して得られた、表面処理されたマゼンタ顔料を、過剰の2-ピロリドンで数回洗浄した後、水中に注ぎ、その後ろ過して、インク用マゼンタ顔料1を得た。ICP-AES(誘導結合プラズマ発光分析分光装置(装置名)、SIIナノテクノロジー社製)で測定された、インク用マゼンタ顔料1の粉末に含まれるS元素量から、1500ppmのスルホン酸がインク用マゼンタ顔料1に付与されていることが算出された。 The alumina-treated magenta pigment prepared above was dispersed in 2-pyrrolidone as a solvent. The dispersion is transferred to a container capable of vacuum degassing, heated to 100-120 ° C. while reducing the pressure to 50 Torr (6.67 Pa) or less with an aspirator, and water contained in the system is removed as much as possible. Controlled to ° C. To this dispersion, sulfur trioxide (sulfuric anhydride, manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) as a sulfonating agent in an amount of 0.15 part with respect to 100 parts of magenta pigment was added and stirred for 2 to 3 hours. The surface-treated magenta pigment obtained by filtering this was washed several times with excess 2-pyrrolidone, poured into water, and then filtered to obtain magenta pigment 1 for ink. Based on the amount of S element contained in the magenta pigment 1 ink ink measured by ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer (device name, manufactured by SII Nano Technology)), 1500 ppm of sulfonic acid is magenta for ink. It was calculated that it was imparted to Pigment 1.
 前記処理前のマゼンタ顔料を表3に応じて変更し、かつ、マゼンタ顔料粉末に付与されるアルミナ量が表3に記載の量となるようにアルミン酸ナトリウムの量を変更した以外は、同様にして、異なる量のアルミナが付与され、かつスルホン酸も付与されたインク用マゼンタ顔料2~10および13を調製した。一方、インク用マゼンタ顔料11はアルミナによる表面処理は行ったものの、スルホン酸による表面処理は行っていない。 Except for changing the magenta pigment before the treatment according to Table 3, and changing the amount of sodium aluminate so that the amount of alumina applied to the magenta pigment powder is the amount shown in Table 3, the same procedure was followed. Thus, magenta pigments for inks 2 to 10 and 13 having different amounts of alumina and sulfonic acid were prepared. On the other hand, the magenta pigment 11 for ink was subjected to surface treatment with alumina, but was not subjected to surface treatment with sulfonic acid.
 インク用マゼンタ顔料12にはアルミナおよびスルホン酸による表面処理を行わなかった。インク用マゼンタ顔料12の粉末をICP-AESで測定すると、顔料がもとから有しているAl元素(通常1~15ppm程度)およびS元素(通常20~30ppm程度)のみが定量された。 The magenta pigment 12 for ink was not subjected to surface treatment with alumina or sulfonic acid. When the powder of the magenta pigment 12 for ink was measured by ICP-AES, only the Al element (usually about 1 to 15 ppm) and the S element (usually about 20 to 30 ppm) originally contained in the pigment were quantified.
 インク用マゼンタ顔料1~12に用いた処理前のマゼンタ顔料およびインク用マゼンタ顔料1~13の物性を表3に示す。 Table 3 shows the physical properties of the untreated magenta pigment and the ink magenta pigments 1 to 13 used for the ink magenta pigments 1 to 12.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 1-1-2.マゼンタ顔料分散体の調製
 インク用マゼンタ顔料1、光重合性化合物、分散剤および重合禁止剤を200mlのポリビンに入れて、その中にさらに直径0.5mmφのジルコニアビーズを120g入れて蓋を締めてから、振動ミル(レッドデビル4500L、西村製作所製)で4時間分散した。分散した後にビーズを分離して分散体を取出して、マゼンタ顔料分散体1aを得た。
 インク用マゼンタ顔料1: 9.0g
 光重合性化合物:トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート 32.7g
 分散剤:BYK Jet-9151、ビックケミー社製 3.2g
 重合禁止剤:Irgastab UV-10、BASF社製(「Irgastab」は同社の登録商標) 0.1g
1-1-2. Preparation of Magenta Pigment Dispersion Put magenta pigment 1 for ink, photopolymerizable compound, dispersant and polymerization inhibitor into 200 ml of polybin, and add 120 g of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mmφ into it, and close the lid. Then, the mixture was dispersed for 4 hours with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain a magenta pigment dispersion 1a.
Magenta pigment for ink 1: 9.0 g
Photopolymerizable compound: 32.7 g of tripropylene glycol diacrylate
Dispersant: BYK Jet-9151, manufactured by Big Chemie Co., 3.2 g
Polymerization inhibitor: Irgastab UV-10, manufactured by BASF ("Irgastab" is a registered trademark of the company) 0.1 g
 インク用マゼンタ顔料1をインク用マゼンタ顔料2~13に変更した以外は同様の手順により、マゼンタ顔料分散体2a~13aを調製した。 Magenta pigment dispersions 2a to 13a were prepared by the same procedure except that the magenta pigment 1 for ink was changed to magenta pigments 2 to 13 for ink.
 1-1-3.マゼンタインクの調製
 60℃に加熱したマゼンタ顔料分散体1に以下の光重合性化合物、界面活性剤、光重合開始剤およびゲル化剤を加えた後、WACフィルター(0.3μm精度)、ポール社製でろ過して、マゼンタインク1aを調製した。
 マゼンタ顔料分散体1a:20.0g 
 光重合性化合物:ポリエチレングリコール600ジアクリレート 6.2g
 光重合性化合物:3PO変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート 6.2g
 界面活性剤:TSF-4452、信越化学工業社製 0.3g
 光重合開始剤:Irgacure 819、BASF社製(「Irgacure」は同社の登録商標) 0.3g
 光重合開始剤:DAROCUR TPO、BASF社製(「DAROCUR」は同社の登録商標) 0.3g
 ゲル化剤:カオーワックスT-1、花王社製 適量
1-1-3. Preparation of Magenta Ink After adding the following photopolymerizable compound, surfactant, photopolymerization initiator and gelling agent to magenta pigment dispersion 1 heated to 60 ° C., WAC filter (accuracy of 0.3 μm), Paul Corporation Then, magenta ink 1a was prepared by filtration.
Magenta pigment dispersion 1a: 20.0 g
Photopolymerizable compound: polyethylene glycol 600 diacrylate 6.2 g
Photopolymerizable compound: 3PO-modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate 6.2g
Surfactant: TSF-4442, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 0.3g
Photopolymerization initiator: Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF (“Irgacure” is a registered trademark of the company) 0.3 g
Photopolymerization initiator: DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF ("DAROCUR" is a registered trademark of the company) 0.3g
Gelling agent: Kao wax T-1, made by Kao Corporation
 マゼンタ顔料分散体1aをマゼンタ顔料分散体2a~13aに変更した以外はマゼンタインク1と同様にして、マゼンタインク2a~13aを調製した。 Magenta inks 2a to 13a were prepared in the same manner as magenta ink 1 except that magenta pigment dispersion 1a was changed to magenta pigment dispersions 2a to 13a.
 なお、マゼンタインク1a~13aについて、インク中のゲル化剤の含有量がインク全体の質量の0.5質量%~6.0質量%となる量となるインクを必要に応じ調製した。 For magenta inks 1a to 13a, inks were prepared as needed so that the content of the gelling agent in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total mass of the ink.
 1-2.オレンジインク
 インク用マゼンタ顔料1を下記のオレンジ顔料1~6に変更したほかはマゼンタインク1aと同様にして、オレンジインク1a~6aをそれぞれ調製した。
1-2. Orange inks Orange inks 1a to 6a were prepared in the same manner as magenta ink 1a, except that magenta pigment 1 for ink was changed to the following orange pigments 1 to 6.
 [オレンジ顔料]
 オレンジ顔料1: Pigment Orange 36
 オレンジ顔料2: Pigment Orange 71
 オレンジ顔料3: Pigment Orange 64
 オレンジ顔料4: Pigment Orange 16
 オレンジ顔料5: Pigment Orange 34
 オレンジ顔料6: Pigment Orange 38
[Orange pigment]
Orange Pigment 1: Pigment Orange 36
Orange Pigment 2: Pigment Orange 71
Orange Pigment 3: Pigment Orange 64
Orange Pigment 4: Pigment Orange 16
Orange Pigment 5: Pigment Orange 34
Orange Pigment 6: Pigment Orange 38
 1-2-1.オレンジ顔料分散体の調製
 オレンジ顔料1、光重合性化合物、分散剤および重合禁止剤を200mlのポリビンに入れて、その中にさらに直径0.5mmφのジルコニアビーズを120g入れて蓋を締めてから、振動ミル(レッドデビル4500L、西村製作所製)で5時間分散した。分散した後にビーズを分離して分散体を取出して、オレンジ顔料分散体1を得た。
 オレンジ顔料1: 8.5g
 顔料誘導体:Solsperse 22000(スルホン化されたPigment Yellow 12) 0.5g
 光重合性化合物:トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート 32.7g
 分散剤:BYK Jet-9151、ビックケミー社製 3.2g
 重合禁止剤:Irgastab UV-10、BASF社製(「Irgastab」は同社の登録商標) 0.1g
1-2-1. Preparation of orange pigment dispersion Orange pigment 1, a photopolymerizable compound, a dispersant and a polymerization inhibitor are placed in 200 ml of polybin, 120 g of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mmφ are further placed therein, and the lid is closed. It was dispersed for 5 hours with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain Orange Pigment Dispersion 1.
Orange pigment 1: 8.5g
Pigment derivative: Solsperse 22000 (sulfonated Pigment Yellow 12) 0.5 g
Photopolymerizable compound: 32.7 g of tripropylene glycol diacrylate
Dispersant: BYK Jet-9151, manufactured by Big Chemie Co., 3.2 g
Polymerization inhibitor: Irgastab UV-10, manufactured by BASF ("Irgastab" is a registered trademark of the company) 0.1 g
 オレンジ顔料1をオレンジ顔料2~6に変更した以外は同様の手順により、オレンジ顔料分散体2a~6aを調製した。 Orange pigment dispersions 2a to 6a were prepared by the same procedure except that orange pigment 1 was changed to orange pigments 2 to 6.
 1-2-2.オレンジインクの調製
 60℃に加熱したオレンジ顔料分散体1aに以下の光重合性化合物、界面活性剤、光重合開始剤およびゲル化剤を加えた後、WACフィルター(0.3μm精度)、ポール社製でろ過して、オレンジインク1aを調製した。
 オレンジ顔料分散体1a:5.0g 
 光重合性化合物:ポリエチレングリコール600ジアクリレート 10.5g
 光重合性化合物:3PO変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート 4.5g
 界面活性剤:TSF-4452、信越化学工業社製 0.3g
 光重合開始剤:Irgacure 819、BASF社製(「Irgacure」は同社の登録商標) 0.3g
 光重合開始剤:DAROCUR TPO、BASF社製(「DAROCUR」は同社の登録商標) 0.3g
 ゲル化剤:カオーワックスT-1、花王社製 適量
1-2-2. Preparation of orange ink After adding the following photopolymerizable compound, surfactant, photopolymerization initiator and gelling agent to orange pigment dispersion 1a heated to 60 ° C., WAC filter (accuracy of 0.3 μm), Paul Corporation The orange ink 1a was prepared by filtration.
Orange pigment dispersion 1a: 5.0 g
Photopolymerizable compound: polyethylene glycol 600 diacrylate 10.5 g
Photopolymerizable compound: 3PO-modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate 4.5 g
Surfactant: TSF-4442, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 0.3g
Photopolymerization initiator: Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF (“Irgacure” is a registered trademark of the company) 0.3 g
Photopolymerization initiator: DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF ("DAROCUR" is a registered trademark of the company) 0.3g
Gelling agent: Kao wax T-1, made by Kao Corporation
 オレンジ顔料分散体1aをオレンジ顔料分散体2~6に変更した以外はオレンジインク1aと同様にして、オレンジインク2a~6aを調製した。 Orange inks 2a to 6a were prepared in the same manner as the orange ink 1a except that the orange pigment dispersion 1a was changed to orange pigment dispersions 2 to 6.
 オレンジインク1a~6aについて、インク中のゲル化剤の含有量がインク全体の質量の0.5質量%~6.0質量%となる量となるインクを必要に応じ調製した。 For the orange inks 1a to 6a, inks were prepared as needed so that the gelling agent content in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total mass of the ink.
 1-3.イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクの調製
 オレンジ顔料1をPY185(イエロー顔料)、Pigment Blue15:4(シアン顔料)およびPigment Black7(ブラック顔料)に変更したほかはオレンジインク1と同様にして、イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクをそれぞれ調製した。
1-3. Preparation of yellow ink, cyan ink and black ink Yellow ink is the same as orange ink 1 except that orange pigment 1 is changed to PY185 (yellow pigment), Pigment Blue 15: 4 (cyan pigment) and Pigment Black 7 (black pigment). A cyan ink and a black ink were prepared.
 イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクのそれぞれについて、インク中のゲル化剤の含有量がインク全体の質量の0.5質量%~6.0質量%となる量となるインクを調製した。 For each of the yellow ink, the cyan ink, and the black ink, an ink was prepared such that the gelling agent content in the ink was 0.5% to 6.0% by mass of the total ink.
 1-4.インクセット
 マゼンタインクとオレンジインクとが表4~5に記載の組み合わせとなり、かつ、インクセットに含まれるすべてのインクが表4~5に記載の量のゲル化剤をいずれも含有するように、マゼンタインク、オレンジインク、イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクを組み合わせて、インクセット1-1~1-36とした。
1-4. Ink set Magenta ink and orange ink are combined as shown in Tables 4-5, and all the inks contained in the ink set contain any amount of gelling agent shown in Tables 4-5. Magenta ink, orange ink, yellow ink, cyan ink and black ink were combined to form ink sets 1-1 to 1-36.
 表4~表5に、それぞれのインクセットに含まれるマゼンタインク、オレンジインクの組み合わせ、およびインクセットに含まれるインクが含有するゲル化剤の量を示す。 Tables 4 to 5 show the combinations of magenta ink and orange ink contained in each ink set, and the amount of gelling agent contained in the ink contained in the ink set.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 1-5.評価方法および評価結果
 それぞれのインクセットの保存安定性およびピニング性、ならびにそれぞれのインクセットによる画像と他の画像との間の光沢差および色域差を、以下の基準で評価した。
1-5. Evaluation Method and Evaluation Results The storage stability and pinning property of each ink set, and the gloss difference and color gamut difference between the image of each ink set and other images were evaluated according to the following criteria.
 1-5-1.保存安定性
 インクセット1-1~1-36に含まれるマゼンタインク及びオレンジインクが含有する顔料粒子について、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート(PEGDA)で200倍に希釈したそれぞれのインクにおける平均粒子径をデータサイザーナノZSP、Malvern社製を使用して動的光散乱法によって測定した。それぞれの活性光線硬化型インクを耐熱管に採取して、50℃で6週間高温槽に保存した。保存後のそれぞれのインクにおける顔料粒子の平均粒子径を同様に測定し、保存前の平均粒子径(P)と保存後の平均粒子径(P)との差(P-P)を計算した。
 A マゼンタインク及びオレンジインク両方の平均粒子径の差が7nm未満である
 B マゼンタインク及びオレンジインクいずれかの平均粒子径の差が7nm以上15nm未満である
 C マゼンタインク及びオレンジインクいずれかの平均粒子径の差が15nm以上である
 D マゼンタインク及びオレンジインク両方の平均粒子径の差が15nm以上である
1-5-1. Storage Stability For the pigment particles contained in the magenta ink and orange ink contained in the ink sets 1-1 to 1-36, the average particle diameter of each ink diluted 200 times with polyethylene glycol diacrylate (PEGDA) is determined by the data sizer. Measurements were made by dynamic light scattering using Nano ZSP, Malvern. Each actinic ray curable ink was collected in a heat-resistant tube and stored in a high-temperature bath at 50 ° C. for 6 weeks. The average particle size of the pigment particles were measured in the same manner in each of the ink after storage, the difference between the average particle size after storage for the average particle diameter before storage (P A) (P B) (P A -P B) Was calculated.
A The difference in average particle size of both magenta ink and orange ink is less than 7 nm B The difference in average particle size of either magenta ink or orange ink is 7 nm or more and less than 15 nm C Average particle of either magenta ink or orange ink Difference in diameter is 15 nm or more D Difference in average particle diameter of both magenta ink and orange ink is 15 nm or more
 1-5-2.ピニング性
 インクセット1-1~1-36をインクジェットヘッドHA512型(コニカミノルタ社製)に導入し、印字幅100mm×100mm、解像度720×720dpiの条件で、自然画(財団法人・日本規格協会発行の高精細カラーデジタル標準画像データ「フルーツバスケット」)を印字基材に50℃で着弾させ、YMCKOの5色インクを用いて印字した。印字基材はOKトップコート(印刷用紙)を使用した。UV照射光源としてLEDランプを使用し、250mJのエネルギーで紫外線を印字したインクに照射してインクを硬化させた。
1-5-2. Pinning Ink sets 1-1 to 1-36 were introduced into the inkjet head HA512 type (manufactured by Konica Minolta). Natural images (issued by the Japan Standards Association) under the conditions of a printing width of 100 mm x 100 mm and a resolution of 720 x 720 dpi High-definition color digital standard image data “fruit basket”) was landed on a printing substrate at 50 ° C. and printed using YMCKO's five-color ink. An OK top coat (printing paper) was used as a printing substrate. An LED lamp was used as a UV irradiation light source, and the ink was cured by irradiating the ink printed with ultraviolet rays with an energy of 250 mJ.
 それぞれの活性光線硬化型インクによる上記画像を顕微鏡(×200)で観察し、ランダムに選択した100か所の液滴径の平均値を求めた。
 A 平均値が45μm未満であり、液滴径のバラツキが10μm以下である
 B 平均値が45μm未満である
 C 平均値が45μm以上50μm以下である
 D 平均値が50μmより大きい
 E 平均値が50μmより大きく、液滴径のバラツキが10μm以下である
The above-mentioned images of the respective actinic ray curable inks were observed with a microscope (× 200), and the average value of 100 droplet sizes selected at random was determined.
A Average value is less than 45 μm, variation in droplet diameter is 10 μm or less B Average value is less than 45 μm C Average value is from 45 μm to 50 μm D Average value is greater than 50 μm E Average value from 50 μm Large, variation in droplet diameter is 10 μm or less
 1-5-3.光沢差
 それぞれのインクセットにより、マゼンタインク及びオレンジインクを50℃に加温した印字基材に、印字率100%で形成したベタ画像の60℃反射光沢値をデジタルハンディ光沢計(グロスチェッカーIG-331、堀場製作所製)で測定した。画像の美観を高める観点から好ましい値として定めた反射光沢値(40)とそれぞれの活性光線硬化型インクセットに含まれるマゼンタ及びオレンジのベタ画像の反射光沢値との差を調べた。
 A マゼンタ及びオレンジ両方のマゼンタインクの反射光沢値と上記反射光沢値(40)との差の絶対値が3.0未満である
 B マゼンタ及びオレンジいずれかのマゼンタインクの反射光沢値と上記反射光沢値(40)との差の絶対値が3.0以上5.0未満である
 C マゼンタ及びオレンジいずれかのマゼンタインクの反射光沢値と上記反射光沢値(40)との差の絶対値が5.0以上である
 D マゼンタ及びオレンジいずれかのマゼンタインクの反射光沢値と上記反射光沢値(40)との差の絶対値が5.0以上である
1-5-3. Gloss difference For each ink set, magenta ink and orange ink were heated to 50 ° C on a printing substrate, and the 60 ° C reflection gloss value of a solid image formed at a printing rate of 100% was measured with a digital handy gloss meter (Gloss Checker IG- 331, manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd.). The difference between the reflection gloss value (40) determined as a preferable value from the viewpoint of enhancing the aesthetics of the image and the reflection gloss value of the magenta and orange solid images included in the respective actinic ray curable ink sets was examined.
A The absolute value of the difference between the reflection gloss value of both magenta and orange magenta inks and the reflection gloss value (40) is less than 3.0 B. The reflection gloss value of either magenta or orange magenta ink and the above reflection gloss The absolute value of the difference from the value (40) is 3.0 or more and less than 5.0 C The absolute value of the difference between the reflection gloss value of the magenta ink of either magenta or orange and the reflection gloss value (40) is 5 0 or more D The absolute value of the difference between the reflection gloss value of either magenta or orange magenta ink and the reflection gloss value (40) is 5.0 or more.
 1-5-4.色域差
 Pantone Red 032およびPantone Orange 021それぞれのインクセットによる1-5-2に記載の画像をポータブル積分球分光測色器Ci6x、X-lite社製で測定して、a*、b*の値を得た。それぞれのa*値の差の2乗と、それぞれのb*値の差の2乗とを加算した値の平方根を算出して、それぞれのインクセットによる画像と標準試料との間の色域差とした。
 A Pantone Red 032及びPantone Orange 021両方の色域差が1.0未満である
 B Pantone Red 032及びPantone Orange 021いずれかの色域差が1.0以上2.0以下である
 C Pantone Red 032及びPantone Orange 021いずれかの色域差が2.0より大きい
 D Pantone Red 032及びPantone Orange 021両方の色域差が2.0より大きい
1-5-4. Color Gamut Difference Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 were measured with an ink set described in 1-5-2 by a portable integrating sphere spectrophotometer Ci6x, manufactured by X-lite, and a *, b * Got the value. Calculate the square root of the sum of the square of the difference of each a * value and the square of the difference of each b * value, and the color gamut difference between the image by each ink set and the standard sample It was.
The color gamut difference of both A Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is less than 1.0. The color gamut difference of either B Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less. C Pantone Red 032 and The color gamut difference of either Pantone Orange 021 is greater than 2.0. The color gamut difference of both D Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 is greater than 2.0.
 1-5-5.結果
 結果を表6~表8に示す。
1-5-5. Results The results are shown in Tables 6-8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 インク用マゼンタ顔料中のアルミナの量が、マゼンタ顔料に対する質量比率で1500ppm以上7500ppm以下であり、かつスルホン酸により表面処理されたマゼンタインクを含むインクセットは、保存安定性が高く、光沢差及び色域差の小さい画像を形成できた。また、インクセットに含まれるそれぞれのインクにおけるゲル化剤の含有量がインクの質量に対して1質量%以上5質量%以下であると、インクのピニング性を良好なものにできた。 An ink set containing magenta ink in which the amount of alumina in the magenta pigment for ink is 1500 ppm or more and 7500 ppm or less by mass ratio to the magenta pigment and surface-treated with sulfonic acid has high storage stability, gloss difference and color An image with a small area difference could be formed. Further, when the content of the gelling agent in each ink included in the ink set is 1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less based on the mass of the ink, the ink pinning property can be improved.
 マゼンタ顔料が含むPigment Violet 19とPigment Red202とのの比率が60/40以上70/30以下の範囲内であると、Pantone Red 032との色域差がより小さくなった。さらにマゼンタインク-Aとオレンジインク-Cを含むインクセットを用いた場合、Pantone Red 032及びPantone Orange 021の色に近い画像を形成することができ、L*a*b*色空間における赤~オレンジ領域のインクセットとして表現可能な色域を拡大することができた。 When the ratio of Pigment Violet 19 and Pigment Red 202 contained in the magenta pigment is within the range of 60/40 to 70/30, the color gamut difference with Pantone® Red 032 is further reduced. Furthermore, when an ink set containing magenta ink-A and orange ink-C is used, an image close to Pantone Red 032 and Pantone Orange 021 can be formed, and red to orange in the L * a * b * color space. The color gamut that can be expressed as the ink set of the area was expanded.
 [実施例2]
 2-1.インクの調製
 表9に示すオレンジ顔料のうち1種、表10に示す顔料誘導体のうち1種、以下に示す光重合性化合物のうち2種、ゲル化剤、およびその他の材料を用いて、インクを調製した。
[Example 2]
2-1. Preparation of Ink Using one of the orange pigments shown in Table 9, one of the pigment derivatives shown in Table 10, two of the photopolymerizable compounds shown below, a gelling agent, and other materials, the ink Was prepared.
 2-1-1.顔料 2-1-1. Pigment
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 2-1-2.顔料誘導体 2-1-2. Pigment derivative
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 2-1-3.光重合性化合物
 [高極性光重合性化合物]
 PEG400DA: ポリエチレングリコール400ジアクリレート(A-400、新中村化学工業株式会社製、エチレンオキサイド基の数:9個)
 FA-137M: EO変性トリメチロールプロパントリメタアクリレート(FA-137M、日立化成株式会社製、エチレンオキサイド基の数:21個)
 [低極性光重合性化合物]
 BPP-4: PO変性ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(ニューフロンティア BPP-4、第一工業製薬株式会社製、プロピレンオキサイド基の数:約4個)
 TPGDA: トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート(アロニックス M220、東亞合成株式会社)
2-1-3. Photopolymerizable compound [Highly polar photopolymerizable compound]
PEG400DA: Polyethylene glycol 400 diacrylate (A-400, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., number of ethylene oxide groups: 9)
FA-137M: EO-modified trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate (FA-137M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd., number of ethylene oxide groups: 21)
[Low polarity photopolymerizable compound]
BPP-4: PO-modified bisphenol A diacrylate (New Frontier BPP-4, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., number of propylene oxide groups: about 4)
TPGDA: Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (Aronix M220, Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
 2-1-4.ゲル化剤
 T1: カオーワックスT-1、花王社製
2-1-4. Gelling agent T1: Kao wax T-1, manufactured by Kao Corporation
 2-1-5.その他の材料
 [重合禁止剤]
 UV10: Irgastab UV-10、BASF社製(「Irgastab」は同社の登録商標)
 ITX:  ITX、BASF社製
 819:  Irgacure 819、BASF社製(「Irgacure」は同社の登録商標)
 TPO:  DAROCUR TPO、BASF社製(DAROCURはBASF社の登録商標)
 [分散剤]
 BYK Jet-9151、ビックケミー社製
2-1-5. Other materials [Polymerization inhibitor]
UV10: Irgastab UV-10, manufactured by BASF ("Irgastab" is a registered trademark of the company)
ITX: ITX, manufactured by BASF 819: Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF ("Irgacure" is a registered trademark of the company)
TPO: DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF (DAROCUR is a registered trademark of BASF)
[Dispersant]
BYK Jet-9151, manufactured by Big Chemie
 2-1-6.オレンジインクの調製
 以下の成分を合計で100質量部になるよう調合し、直径0.5mmφのジルコニアビーズ120gとともに250mlのポットに入れて、蓋を締め、振動ミル(レッドデビル4500L、西村製作所製)で5時間分散した。分散した後にビーズを分離して分散体を取出して、オレンジ顔料分散体1bを得た。
 オレンジ顔料:   Pigment Orange 36 18.0質量部
 重合禁止剤:    UV10               0.1質量部
 分散剤:      9151               6.0質量部
 顔料誘導体:    1S-1              0.18質量部
 光重合性化合物:  BPP-4                  残部
2-1-6. Preparation of orange ink The following ingredients were prepared to a total of 100 parts by mass, placed in a 250 ml pot together with 120 g of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mmφ, the lid was closed, and a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho) For 5 hours. After the dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain an orange pigment dispersion 1b.
Orange pigment: Pigment Orange 36 18.0 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor: UV10 0.1 part by weight Dispersant: 9151 6.0 parts by weight Pigment derivative: 1S-1 0.18 part by weight Photopolymerizable compound: BPP-4 balance
 その後、分散体を60℃に加熱しながら、以下の割合となるように以下のゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を加えて、高極性光重合性化合物と低極性光重合性化合物との重量比が30:70であるオレンジインクを調製した。このオレンジインクを、インクセット2-1のオレンジインクとした。
 顔料分散体:   オレンジ顔料分散体  12.0質量部
 光重合性化合物: FA-137M    24.3質量部
 光重合性化合物: BPP-4      56.7質量部
 界面活性剤:   TSF-4452    0.3質量部
 ゲル化剤:    T-1         3.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  ITX         1.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  819         2.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  TPO         2.0質量部
 オレンジ顔料、光重合性化合物の種類および比率、ならびにゲル化剤または顔料誘導体の種類及び量を、表11~表13に記載の組みあわせまたは数値になるように変更した以外はオレンジインク1bと同様にして、オレンジインクを調製した。これらのオレンジインクを、インクセット2-2~2-42のオレンジインクとした。
Then, while heating the dispersion to 60 ° C., the following gelling agent and photopolymerization initiator were added so that the following ratio was obtained, and the weight ratio of the high polarity photopolymerizable compound and the low polarity photopolymerizable compound: An orange ink having a ratio of 30:70 was prepared. This orange ink was used as the orange ink of ink set 2-1.
Pigment dispersion: Orange pigment dispersion 12.0 parts by mass Photopolymerizable compound: FA-137M 24.3 parts by mass Photopolymerizable compound: BPP-4 56.7 parts by mass Surfactant: TSF-4442 0.3 parts by mass Parts Gelling agent: T-1 3.0 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator: ITX 1.0 part by weight Photopolymerization initiator: 819 2.0 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator: TPO 2.0 parts by weight Orange pigment, light In the same manner as in the orange ink 1b except that the type and ratio of the polymerizable compound and the type and amount of the gelling agent or pigment derivative were changed to the combinations or values shown in Tables 11 to 13, An ink was prepared. These orange inks were used as the inks of ink sets 2-2 to 2-42.
 2-1-7.マゼンタインクの調製
 以下の成分を合計で100gになるよう調合し、直径0.5mmφのジルコニアビーズ120gとともに250mlのポットに入れて、蓋を締め、振動ミル(レッドデビル4500L、西村製作所製)で5時間分散した。分散した後にビーズを分離して分散体を取出して、マゼンタ顔料分散体を得た。
 マゼンタ顔料:   マゼンタ顔料13   18.0質量部
 重合禁止剤:    UV10        0.1質量部
 分散剤:      9151        6.0質量部
 顔料誘導体:    1S-1        0.18質量部
 光重合性化合物:  BPP-4            残部
2-1-7. Preparation of magenta ink The following ingredients were prepared to a total of 100 g, put into a 250 ml pot together with 120 g of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mmφ, tightened with a lid, and 5 with a vibration mill (Red Devil 4500L, manufactured by Nishimura Seisakusho). Time dispersed. After dispersion, the beads were separated and the dispersion was taken out to obtain a magenta pigment dispersion.
Magenta pigment: Magenta pigment 13 18.0 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor: UV10 0.1 part by weight Dispersant: 9151 6.0 parts by weight Pigment derivative: 1S-1 0.18 parts by weight Photopolymerizable compound: BPP-4 balance
 その後、分散体を60℃に加熱しながら、以下の割合となるように以下のゲル化剤および光重合開始剤を加えて、高極性光重合性化合物と低極性光重合性化合物との重量比が30:70であるマゼンタインク1bを調製した。このマゼンタインクを、インクセット2-1のマゼンタインクとした。
 顔料分散体:   マゼンタ顔料分散体  12.0質量部
 光重合性化合物: FA-137M    24.3質量部
 光重合性化合物: BPP-4      56.7質量部
 界面活性剤:   TSF-4452    0.3質量部
 ゲル化剤:    T-1         3.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  ITX         1.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  819         2.0質量部
 光重合開始剤:  TPO         2.0質量部
 以下、同様にマゼンタ顔料の種類および顔料誘導体以外は、同様にして、光重合性化合物の種類および比率、及びゲル化剤の含有量は同一の番号のオレンジインクと同一条件で、マゼンタインクを調製した。これらのマゼンタインクを、インクセット2-2~2-42のマゼンタインクとした。
Then, while heating the dispersion to 60 ° C., the following gelling agent and photopolymerization initiator were added so that the following ratio was obtained, and the weight ratio of the high polarity photopolymerizable compound and the low polarity photopolymerizable compound: A magenta ink 1b having a ratio of 30:70 was prepared. This magenta ink was used as the magenta ink of ink set 2-1.
Pigment dispersion: Magenta pigment dispersion 12.0 parts by weight Photopolymerizable compound: FA-137M 24.3 parts by weight Photopolymerizable compound: BPP-4 56.7 parts by weight Surfactant: TSF-4442 0.3 parts by weight Parts Gelling agent: T-1 3.0 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator: ITX 1.0 part by weight Photopolymerization initiator: 819 2.0 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator: TPO 2.0 parts by weight Except for the type of magenta pigment and the pigment derivative, a magenta ink was prepared in the same manner under the same conditions as the orange ink with the same number and ratio of the photopolymerizable compound and the gelling agent content. These magenta inks were used as magenta inks of ink sets 2-2 to 2-42.
 2-1-8.イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクの調製
 オレンジインク1中の顔料をPigment YELLOW 185(イエロー顔料)、Pigment Blue 15:4(シアン顔料)およびPigment Black 7(ブラック顔料)に変更し、顔料誘導体を含有させていないこと以外はオレンジインクと同様にして、光重合性化合物の種類および比率、及びゲル化剤の含有量は同一の番号のオレンジインクと同一条件で、イエローインク1b、シアンインク1bおよびブラックインク1bをそれぞれ調製した。イエローインク1b、シアンインク1bおよびブラックインク1bと、表11~表13に記載の顔料を有するオレンジインクおよびマゼンタインクと組みあわせて、インクセット2-1~2-42とした。
2-1-8. Preparation of yellow ink, cyan ink and black ink Pigment in Orange Ink 1 is changed to Pigment YELLOW 185 (yellow pigment), Pigment Blue 15: 4 (cyan pigment) and Pigment Black 7 (black pigment) The yellow ink 1b, the cyan ink 1b and the black ink are the same as the orange ink except that the photopolymerizable compound type and ratio, and the gelling agent content are the same as the orange ink of the same number. Ink 1b was prepared respectively. Ink sets 2-1 to 2-42 were obtained by combining yellow ink 1b, cyan ink 1b, and black ink 1b with orange ink and magenta ink having pigments described in Tables 11 to 13.
 表11~表13に、それぞれのインクにおける、オレンジ顔料の種類、光重合性化合物の種類および含有量、高極性光重合性化合物の比率、ゲル化剤の含有量、ならびに顔料誘導体の種類および含有量を示す。表11~表13において、「高極性光重合性化合物」および「低極性光重合性化合物」の欄に記載の数値は、光重合性化合物全体の質量に対する、それぞれの光重合性化合物の量(質量%)であり、「高極性光重合性化合物の比率」の欄に記載の数値は、光重合性化合物全体の質量に対する、高極性光重合性化合物の量(質量%)である。また、表11~表13において、「ゲル化剤含有量」の欄に記載の数値は、それぞれのインクの全質量に対する、ゲル化剤の量(質量%)であり、顔料誘導体の「含有量」の欄に記載の数値は、それぞれのインクが含有する顔料の質量に対する、顔料誘導体の量(質量%)である。 Tables 11 to 13 show the types of orange pigments, types and contents of photopolymerizable compounds, ratios of highly polar photopolymerizable compounds, contents of gelling agents, and types and contents of pigment derivatives in each ink. Indicates the amount. In Tables 11 to 13, the numerical values described in the columns of “high polar photopolymerizable compound” and “low polar photopolymerizable compound” are the amounts of the respective photopolymerizable compounds relative to the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound ( The numerical value described in the column “ratio of highly polar photopolymerizable compound” is the amount (mass%) of the highly polar photopolymerizable compound relative to the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. In Tables 11 to 13, the numerical value described in the column of “gelling agent content” is the amount (mass%) of the gelling agent with respect to the total mass of each ink. The numerical value described in the column “” is the amount (mass%) of the pigment derivative with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in each ink.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 2-2.評価方法および評価結果
 それぞれのインクセットの保存安定性およびピニング性、ならびにそれぞれのインクセットによる画像と他の画像との間の光沢差および色域差を、実施例1と同様の基準で評価した。
2-2. Evaluation Method and Evaluation Results The storage stability and pinning property of each ink set, and the gloss difference and color gamut difference between the image of each ink set and other images were evaluated according to the same criteria as in Example 1. .
 2-3.結果
 結果を表14~表16に示す。
2-3. Results The results are shown in Tables 14-16.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
 塩基性オレンジ顔料と、アゾ誘導体とを含有し、かつ、高極性光重合性化合物のモノマー組成物に対する質量比率が30質量%以上であるインクを用いて形成した画像は、Pantone色域から色調のずれ、および他色インクの光沢値からのずれが小さく、かつ、ドット径も所望の範囲であった。 An image formed using an ink containing a basic orange pigment and an azo derivative and having a mass ratio of the high-polarity photopolymerizable compound to the monomer composition of 30% by mass or more has a color tone from the Pantone color gamut. The deviation and the deviation from the gloss values of the other color inks were small, and the dot diameter was also in the desired range.
 一方で、環状構造内に塩基性部位を有さないオレンジ顔料を含有するインクを用いて形成した画像は、Pantone色域から色調のずれ、および他色インクの光沢値からのずれが大きかった。これは、オレンジ顔料とアゾ誘導体とが十分に会合できず、オレンジ顔料へのゲル化剤の集積を十分に防止できなかったためであると考えられる。 On the other hand, an image formed using an ink containing an orange pigment that does not have a basic site in the ring structure has a large color shift from the Pantone color gamut and a shift from the gloss value of the other color ink. This is considered to be because the orange pigment and the azo derivative could not be sufficiently associated, and the accumulation of the gelling agent on the orange pigment could not be sufficiently prevented.
 また、高極性光重合性化合物の含有量が30質量%未満であるインクを用いて形成した画像は、Pantone色域からの色調のずれが大きかった。これは、塩基性オレンジ顔料とアゾ誘導体とが十分に会合できず、塩基性オレンジ顔料へのゲル化剤の集積をアゾ誘導体によって十分に防止できなかったためであると考えられる。 Also, an image formed using an ink having a high polar photopolymerizable compound content of less than 30% by mass had a large color shift from the Pantone color gamut. This is probably because the basic orange pigment and the azo derivative could not be sufficiently associated, and the accumulation of the gelling agent on the basic orange pigment could not be sufficiently prevented by the azo derivative.
 ゲル化剤の含有量が1.0質量%以上であるインクを用いて形成した画像は、他色インクの光沢値からのずれが小さく、かつ、ドット径が所望の範囲だった。これは、ゲル化剤によってインクが十分にピニングしたためであると考えられる。また、本発明に係るマゼンタインク-Aとオレンジインク-Cを両方備えたインクセットは、良好な保存安定性を持ち、ピニング性に優れ、光沢差が小さくかつL*a*b*色空間における赤~オレンジ領域の色域に良好な色再現性を有するインクセットを提供することができた。 An image formed using an ink having a gelling agent content of 1.0% by mass or more had a small deviation from the gloss value of other color inks, and the dot diameter was in a desired range. This is considered to be because the ink was sufficiently pinned by the gelling agent. Further, the ink set provided with both magenta ink-A and orange ink-C according to the present invention has good storage stability, excellent pinning property, small gloss difference, and in the L * a * b * color space. An ink set having good color reproducibility in the red to orange color gamut could be provided.
 本発明のインクセットは、色調がより多彩であり、かつ、光沢感が従来の画像と同等である画像を形成するために使用することができる。 The ink set of the present invention can be used to form an image having a variety of color tones and a glossiness equivalent to that of a conventional image.
 本出願は、2015年2月5日出願の日本国出願番号2015-021455号および2015年3月12日出願の日本国出願番号2015-049543号に基づく優先権を主張する出願であり、これらの出願の特許請求の範囲および明細書に記載された内容は本出願に援用される。 This application claims priority based on Japanese application No. 2015-021455 filed on February 5, 2015 and Japanese application No. 2015-049543 filed on March 12, 2015. The contents of the claims and the specification of the application are incorporated in the present application.

Claims (9)

  1.  顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、
     前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、
     前記マゼンタインクが含有する前記顔料は、アルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理した、C.I.Pigment Violet 19とC.I.Pigment Red 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を含み、
     前記マゼンタ顔料中の前記アルミナの量は1500質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であり、
     それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1質量%以上5質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
    An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays,
    The plurality of types of ink include magenta ink and orange ink,
    The pigment contained in the magenta ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I. A magenta pigment containing a solid solution with Pigment Red 202;
    The amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less,
    The ink set, wherein the content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
  2.  前記マゼンタ顔料における前記C.I.Pigment Violet 19と前記C.I.Pigment Red 202との質量比率は60/40以上70/30以下であることを特徴とする、請求項1に記載のインクセット。 C. in the magenta pigment. I. Pigment Violet 19 and the C.I. I. The ink set according to claim 1, wherein a mass ratio with respect to Pigment Red 202 is 60/40 or more and 70/30 or less.
  3.  前記マゼンタ顔料に対する前記アルミナの量は、5000質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であることを特徴とする、請求項1または2に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the amount of the alumina with respect to the magenta pigment is 5000 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less.
  4.  顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、
     前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、
     前記オレンジインクは、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して2.0質量%以上15.0質量%以下の、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体をさらに含有し、
     前記オレンジインクが含有する前記顔料は、環状構造を有し、かつ、環状構造内に塩基性部位を有するオレンジ顔料を含み、
     前記オレンジインクが含有する前記光重合性化合物は、前記光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上の、エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物を含み、
     それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1.5質量%以上3.0質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
    An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays,
    The plurality of types of ink include magenta ink and orange ink,
    The orange ink further contains a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment in an amount of 2.0% by mass to 15.0% by mass with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink,
    The pigment contained in the orange ink includes an orange pigment having a cyclic structure and having a basic site in the cyclic structure,
    The photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink includes a photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in total of 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. ,
    The ink set, wherein the content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1.5% by mass or more and 3.0% by mass or less.
  5.  前記エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物は、3個以上の前記エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を有するセグメントを分子内に2個以上有することを特徴とする、請求項4に記載のインクセット。 The photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in total has 2 or more segments having 3 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in the molecule, The ink set according to claim 4.
  6.  さらに、イエローインク、シアンインクおよびブラックインクを含むことを特徴とする、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising yellow ink, cyan ink, and black ink.
  7.  顔料、ゲル化剤、光重合性化合物および光重合開始剤を含有し、活性光線の照射によって硬化する複数種のインクを含むインクセットであって、
     前記複数種のインクはマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを含み、
     前記マゼンタインクが含有する前記顔料は、アルミナおよびスルホン酸で表面処理した、C.I.Pigment Violet 19とC.I.Pigment Red 202との固溶体を含むマゼンタ顔料を含み、
     前記マゼンタ顔料中の前記アルミナの量は1500質量ppm以上7500質量ppm以下であり、
     前記オレンジインクは、インクが含有する顔料の質量に対して2.0質量%以上15.0質量%以下の、不溶性アゾ顔料のスルホン化誘導体をさらに含有し、
     前記オレンジインクが含有する前記顔料は、環状構造を有し、かつ、環状構造内に塩基性部位を有するオレンジ顔料を含み、
     前記オレンジインクが含有する前記光重合性化合物は、前記光重合性化合物の全質量に対して30質量%以上の、エチレンオキサイド基またはプロピレンオキサイド基を合わせて6個以上有する光重合性化合物を含み、
     それぞれのインクにおける前記ゲル化剤の含有量は、1.0質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることを特徴とする、インクセット。
    An ink set comprising a plurality of types of inks containing a pigment, a gelling agent, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator and cured by irradiation with actinic rays,
    The plurality of types of ink include magenta ink and orange ink,
    The pigment contained in the magenta ink was surface treated with alumina and sulfonic acid, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 and C.I. I. A magenta pigment containing a solid solution with Pigment Red 202;
    The amount of the alumina in the magenta pigment is 1500 mass ppm or more and 7500 mass ppm or less,
    The orange ink further contains a sulfonated derivative of an insoluble azo pigment in an amount of 2.0% by mass to 15.0% by mass with respect to the mass of the pigment contained in the ink,
    The pigment contained in the orange ink includes an orange pigment having a cyclic structure and having a basic site in the cyclic structure,
    The photopolymerizable compound contained in the orange ink includes a photopolymerizable compound having 6 or more ethylene oxide groups or propylene oxide groups in total of 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the photopolymerizable compound. ,
    The ink set, wherein the content of the gelling agent in each ink is 1.0% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less.
  8.  前記オレンジインクは、C.I.Pigment Orange 36、C.I.Pigment Orange 64およびC.I.Pigment Orange 71からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の顔料を含有することを特徴とする、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のインクセット。 The orange ink is C.I. I. Pigment Orange 36, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 64 and C.I. I. The ink set according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of Pigment Orange 71.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のインクセットに含まれるマゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクをインクジェットヘッドのノズルから射出して記録媒体に着弾させる工程、および前記着弾した前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクに活性光線を照射して前記マゼンタインクおよびオレンジインクを硬化させる工程、を含む、画像形成方法。 A step of ejecting magenta ink and orange ink contained in the ink set according to any one of claims 1 to 8 from a nozzle of an inkjet head to land on a recording medium, and the landed magenta ink and orange ink Irradiating actinic rays to cure the magenta ink and orange ink.
PCT/JP2016/053595 2015-02-05 2016-02-05 Ink set, and image formation method WO2016125908A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016573444A JP6627782B2 (en) 2015-02-05 2016-02-05 Ink set and image forming method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-021455 2015-02-05
JP2015021455 2015-02-05
JP2015-049543 2015-03-12
JP2015049543 2015-03-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016125908A1 true WO2016125908A1 (en) 2016-08-11

Family

ID=56564240

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/053595 WO2016125908A1 (en) 2015-02-05 2016-02-05 Ink set, and image formation method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6627782B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2016125908A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018184575A (en) * 2017-04-27 2018-11-22 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Active ray curable inkjet ink and method for producing the same

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5934737B2 (en) * 1978-04-17 1984-08-24 東ソー株式会社 Pigment surface treatment method
JP2002121411A (en) * 2000-10-16 2002-04-23 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Pigment for surface treatment and method of producing the same
JP2005042012A (en) * 2003-07-22 2005-02-17 Kao Corp Water-based ink
JP2011256275A (en) * 2010-06-09 2011-12-22 Canon Inc Ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2014091829A (en) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-19 Xerox Corp Radiation-curable red color gel ink compound
JP2014118570A (en) * 2012-12-18 2014-06-30 Xerox Corp Orange curable ink

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5934737A (en) * 1982-08-20 1984-02-25 Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd Remote controller
JP2011144298A (en) * 2010-01-15 2011-07-28 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing azo pigment, pigment dispersion, coloring composition, method for preparing ink for inkjet recording, coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5736833B2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2015-06-17 Dic株式会社 Aqueous pigment dispersion for preparation of water-based ink for ink-jet recording and water-based ink for ink-jet recording
WO2015129815A1 (en) * 2014-02-27 2015-09-03 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Active light beam-curing inkjet magenta ink and inkjet recording method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5934737B2 (en) * 1978-04-17 1984-08-24 東ソー株式会社 Pigment surface treatment method
JP2002121411A (en) * 2000-10-16 2002-04-23 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Pigment for surface treatment and method of producing the same
JP2005042012A (en) * 2003-07-22 2005-02-17 Kao Corp Water-based ink
JP2011256275A (en) * 2010-06-09 2011-12-22 Canon Inc Ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2014091829A (en) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-19 Xerox Corp Radiation-curable red color gel ink compound
JP2014118570A (en) * 2012-12-18 2014-06-30 Xerox Corp Orange curable ink

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018184575A (en) * 2017-04-27 2018-11-22 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Active ray curable inkjet ink and method for producing the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6627782B2 (en) 2020-01-08
JPWO2016125908A1 (en) 2017-11-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10450474B2 (en) Active light ray-curable inkjet ink composition and inkjet recording method
WO2013084511A1 (en) Photocuring inkjet ink and image forming method using same
JP6819298B2 (en) Inkjet ink and image formation method
JP7006621B2 (en) Inkjet ink composition and image forming method
US9587123B2 (en) Active light beam-curable inkjet magenta ink and inkjet recording method
WO2017217187A1 (en) Active ray-curable inkjet ink and image forming method
JP6763168B2 (en) Violet ink, ink set and image formation method
JP6638299B2 (en) Photocurable inkjet ink and image forming method
JP6763395B2 (en) Ink set and image formation method
JP2014058623A (en) Active ray-curable inkjet ink and image forming method
JP6627782B2 (en) Ink set and image forming method
JP2016141767A (en) Violet ink, ink set, and image formation method
JP6992747B2 (en) Ink set and inkjet recording method
EP3524439B1 (en) Image forming method and image forming system
JP2019099689A (en) Inkjet ink
JP2020011381A (en) Inkjet recording method and active light ray curable inkjet ink set
JP2018184575A (en) Active ray curable inkjet ink and method for producing the same
JP7163822B2 (en) Actinic radiation curable inkjet ink
JP6690248B2 (en) Actinic ray curable inkjet ink and inkjet image forming method
JP2018188507A (en) Active ray curable inkjet ink and method for producing the same, and image formation method
JP2019151773A (en) Active ray curable inkjet ink and image formation method
JP2022075171A (en) Active ray-curable ink, image formation method and printed matter
CN116133864A (en) Ultraviolet curable inkjet ink set and method for producing printed matter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16746738

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016573444

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16746738

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1